PREM14C: Preliminary information statements relating to merger or acquisition
Published on January 16, 2026
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________________________
SCHEDULE 14C
__________________________________________
Information Statement Pursuant to Section 14(c) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Check the appropriate box:
|
☒ |
Preliminary Information Statement |
|
|
☐ |
Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14c-5(d)(2)) |
|
|
☐ |
Definitive Information Statement |
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
(Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check all boxes that apply):
|
☐ |
No fee required |
|
|
☐ |
Fee paid previously with preliminary materials |
|
|
☒ |
Fee computed on table in exhibit required by Item 25(b) of Schedule 14A (17 CFR 240.14a-101) per Item 1 of this Schedule and Exchange Act Rules 14c-5(g) and 0-11. |
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION STATEMENT — SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
APIMEDS PHARMACEUTICALS US, INC.
100 Matawan Rd, Suite 325
Matawan, New Jersey 07747
NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A PROXY
THIS IS NOT A NOTICE OF A MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS AND NO STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETING WILL BE HELD TO CONSIDER ANY
MATTER DESCRIBED HEREIN. THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT IS BEING FURNISHED TO YOU SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF
INFORMING YOU OF THE MATTERS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
Dear Stockholders:
This notice and information statement (the “Information Statement”) have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and are being mailed or otherwise furnished to the stockholders of Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), of record as of the close of business on [—], 2026 (the “Record Date”), pursuant to Section 14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations prescribed thereunder. Only stockholders of record as of the Record Date are entitled to receive this Information Statement.
The purpose of this Information Statement is to notify our stockholders that on December [—], 2025, certain stockholders of the Company (the “Consenting Stockholders”), collectively holding approximately [—]% of the Company’s shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), approved by written consent in lieu of a special meeting (the “Written Consent”), in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and Article [—] of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the following actions (the “Corporate Actions”):
1. The Preferred Stock Conversion and Issuance: the issuance of Company Common Stock upon the conversion (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”) of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”);
2. The Notes Conversion and Issuance: the issuance of Company Common Stock upon the conversion of the convertible notes (the “Notes Conversion”) issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, entered into by the Company and certain institutional investors on December 1, 2025, and amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement on December 8, 2025 (the “SPA”);
3. The Reverse Stock Split: a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s Common Stock, a change in the par value per share of the Company’s Common Stock from $0.01 to $0.001 (the “Change in Par Value”), and a corresponding amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) to (i) authorize the Board of Directors to effect the Reverse Stock split and (ii) the Change in Par Value;
4. The 2024 Plan Share Increase: an amendment to the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the 2024 Plan to 2,096,679; and
5. The 2025 Equity Plan: the approval and adoption the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”).
The Written Consent was entered into and the Corporate Actions were approved by the Consenting Stockholders in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), attached as Annex A, which was entered into and closed on December 1, 2025, by the Company, Apimeds Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), MindWave Innovations Inc, a Delaware corporation (“MindWave”), Lokahi Therapeutics, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Bio Sub”), and Erik Emerson, solely in his capacity as representative for the Bio Business (the “Bio Business Representative”). The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Transactions” and the closing of the Transactions is referred to herein as the “Closing”.
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, a certificate of merger (the “Certificate of Merger”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “DE SOS”) (such time of the filing of the Certificate of Merger, the “Effective Time”), in accordance with the DGCL. Pursuant to the Certificate of Merger, Merger Sub was merged with and into MindWave (the “Merger”), with MindWave surviving the Merger as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”). As a result of the Merger, MindWave became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. At the Effective Time, all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of MindWave and Merger Sub vested in the Surviving Corporation and all of the debts, liabilities and duties of MindWave and Merger Sub became the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. The Closing occurred simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement on the Closing Date.
At the Effective Time, (i) each share of MindWave common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, consisting of shares of Company Preferred Stock; and (ii) each holder of such shares shall receive, for each share of MindWave Common Stock held immediately prior to the Effective Time, a pro rata portion of the Merger Consideration, allocated as follows: (A) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Common Stock, such that the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued to all holders of MindWave Common Stock shall equal 0% of the total number of shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date of the Merger Agreement (the “Common Stock Cap”), with each holder’s allocation rounded down to the nearest whole share; and (B) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Preferred Stock, such that, immediately following the Effective Time, the holders of MindWave Common Stock collectively hold, on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis, 90.9% of the total issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company (exclusive of the Company Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (A) and calculated on a fully diluted basis). The shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock issued to holders of MindWave Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on an as-converted and fully diluted basis, shall collectively represent 90.9% of the equity capital of the Company as of the Closing. For purposes of the Merger Agreement, the shares of Company Common Stock, Company Preferred Stock, and MindWave Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Merger Consideration.”
Additional information regarding the Merger Agreement is contained in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 10, 2025.
The accompanying Information Statement is first being mailed on or about [—], 2026, to our stockholders of record as of the Record Date. If you were a stockholder of record on such date, you will receive one or more copies of the accompanying Information Statement.
In accordance with Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act, and the rules promulgated by the SEC, this Information Statement is being furnished to our stockholders solely for the purpose of notifying our stockholders of the Corporate Actions taken in the Written Consent, which will be effective on or about [—], 2026, twenty (20) calendar days after the accompanying Information Statement is sent or mailed to the stockholders of record of the Company as of the Record Date (the “Action Effective Time”). [Furthermore, notwithstanding the approval provided by the Consenting Stockholders, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) retains sole discretion to implement or abandon the Reverse Stock Split based on its determination of whether effecting a reverse stock split is advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.]
You are urged to read the Information Statement in its entirety for a description of the actions taken by the Consenting Stockholders.
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A PROXY. NO VOTE OR OTHER ACTION OF THE COMPANY’S STOCKHOLDERS IS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE INFORMATION STATEMENT.
EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS WILL RETAIN THEIR EXISTING COMMON STOCK.
|
BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, |
||
|
|
||
|
Vin Menon |
||
|
Chief Executive Officer |
||
|
[—], 2026 |
This Information Statement is dated [—], 2026 and is first being mailed to the Company’s stockholders on [—], 2026.
i

Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
100 Matawan Rd, Suite 325
Matawan, New Jersey 07747
information statement pursuant to section 14(c)
of the securities exchange act of 1934, AS AMENDED
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY, YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A PROXY AND ACCORDINGLY NO PROXY CARD HAS
BEEN ENCLOSED WITH THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS WILL RETAIN THEIR EXISTING COMMON STOCK
[—], 2026
ABOUT THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT
This notice and information statement (the “Information Statement”) have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and are being mailed or otherwise furnished to the stockholders of Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), of record as of the close of business on [—], 2026 (the “Record Date”), pursuant to Section 14© of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations prescribed thereunder. Only stockholders of record as of the Record Date are entitled to receive this Information Statement.
The purpose of this Information Statement is to notify our stockholders that on December [—], 2025, certain stockholders of the Company (the “Consenting Stockholders”), collectively holding approximately [—]% of the Company’s shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), approved by written consent in lieu of a special meeting (the “Written Consent”), in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and Article [—] of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the following actions (the “Corporate Actions”):
1. The Preferred Stock Conversion and Issuance: the issuance of Company Common Stock upon the conversion (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”) of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”);
2. The Notes Conversion and Issuance: the issuance of Company Common Stock upon the conversion of the convertible notes (the “Notes Conversion”) issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, entered into by the Company and certain institutional investors on December 1, 2025, and amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement on December 8, 2025 (the “SPA”);
3. The Reverse Stock Split: a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s Common Stock, a change in the par value per share of the Company’s Common Stock from $0.01 to $0.001 (the “Change in Par Value”), and a corresponding amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) to (i) authorize the Board of Directors to effect the Reverse Stock split and (ii) the Change in Par Value;
1
4. The 2024 Plan Share Increase: an amendment to the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the 2024 Plan to 2,096,679; and
5. The 2025 Equity Plan: the approval and adoption the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”).
The Written Consent was entered into and the Corporate Actions were approved by the Consenting Stockholders in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), attached as Annex A, which was entered into and closed on December 1, 2025, by the Company, Apimeds Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), MindWave Innovations Inc, a Delaware corporation (“MindWave”), Lokahi Therapeutics, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Bio Sub”), and Erik Emerson, solely in his capacity as representative for the Bio Business (the “Bio Business Representative”). The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Transactions” and the closing of the Transactions is referred to herein as the “Closing”.
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, a certificate of merger (the “Certificate of Merger”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “DE SOS”) (such time of the filing of the Certificate of Merger, the “Effective Time”), in accordance with the DGCL. Pursuant to the Certificate of Merger, Merger Sub was merged with and into MindWave (the “Merger”), with MindWave surviving the Merger as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”). As a result of the Merger, MindWave became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. At the Effective Time, all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of MindWave and Merger Sub vested in the Surviving Corporation and all of the debts, liabilities and duties of MindWave and Merger Sub became the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. The Closing occurred simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement on the Closing Date.
At the Effective Time, (i) each share of MindWave common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, consisting of shares of Company Preferred Stock; and (ii) each holder of such shares shall receive, for each share of MindWave Common Stock held immediately prior to the Effective Time, a pro rata portion of the Merger Consideration, allocated as follows: (A) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Common Stock, such that the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued to all holders of MindWave Common Stock shall equal 0% of the total number of shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date of the Merger Agreement (the “Common Stock Cap”), with each holder’s allocation rounded down to the nearest whole share; and (B) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Preferred Stock, such that, immediately following the Effective Time, the holders of MindWave Common Stock collectively hold, on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis, 90.9% of the total issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company (exclusive of the Company Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (A) and calculated on a fully diluted basis). The shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock issued to holders of MindWave Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on an as-converted and fully diluted basis, shall collectively represent 90.9% of the equity capital of the Company as of the Closing. For purposes of the Merger Agreement, the shares of Company Common Stock, Company Preferred Stock, and MindWave Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Merger Consideration.”
Additional information regarding the Merger Agreement is contained in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 10, 2025.
The Company’s Common Stock is listed on the NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”) and the Company is subject to NYSE American’s rules and regulations, including NYSE American Company Guide Sections 711-713, which require stockholder approval prior to an issuance of securities in connection with: (i) the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company; (ii) equity-based compensation of officers, directors, employees or consultants; and (iii) a change of control.
2
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, we are required to provide prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action described above without a meeting of stockholders to all stockholders who did not consent in writing to the Corporate Actions. This Information Statement serves as the notice required by Section 228 of the DGCL.
In accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Corporate Actions will not become effective until at least twenty (20) calendar days after we send this Information to our stockholders of record as of the Record Date (the “Action Effective Time”).
[Furthermore, notwithstanding the approval provided by the Consenting Stockholders, the Board of Directors retains sole discretion to implement or abandon the Reverse Stock Split based on its determination of whether effecting a reverse stock split is advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.]
THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT IS FIRST BEING SENT OR GIVEN ON OR ABOUT [—], 2026 TO THE HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK AS OF [—], 2026 AND IS BEING DELIVERED TO INFORM YOU OF THE CORPORATE ACTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN BEFORE SUCH ACTION TAKE EFFECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 14C-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (THE “EXCHANGE ACT”).
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY, YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A PROXY AND ACCORDINGLY NO PROXY CARD HAS BEEN ENCLOSED WITH THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS WILL RETAIN THEIR EXISTING COMMON STOCK.
The entire cost of furnishing this Information Statement will be borne by the Company. We will request brokerage houses, nominees, custodians, fiduciaries and other like parties to forward this Information Statement to the beneficial owners of our voting securities held of record by them, and we will reimburse such persons for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in forwarding such material.
3
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Information Statement and other documents referenced herein contain certain statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. The words “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “goal,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” and similar expressions and variations thereof are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. Those statements appear in this Information Statement and the documents referenced herein and include statements regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of the Company and management that are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. More information about the risks we face is described under the section titled “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2024 (the “Annual Report”) and any subsequently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (“Quarterly Reports”).
Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur or may not occur within the anticipated time frame and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.
4
The following questions and answers briefly address some questions that you, as Company stockholder, may have regarding the Corporate Actions. You are urged to read this Information Statement carefully and the other documents referred to in this Information Statement in their entirety because this section may not provide all the information that is important to you regarding the Corporate Actions. See “Summary” for a summary of important information regarding the Corporate Actions. Additional important information is contained in the annexes to, and the documents incorporated by reference in this Information Statement. You may obtain the information incorporated by reference in this Information Statement, without charge, by following the instructions in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”
Why am I receiving this Information Statement?
You are receiving this Information Statement because the Consenting Stockholders approved, in the Written Consent, the Corporate Actions without a meeting of the stockholders of the Company. The Corporate Actions are listed below:
1. The Preferred Stock Conversion and Issuance: the issuance of Company Common Stock upon the conversion (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”) of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”);
2. The Notes Conversion and Issuance: the issuance of Company Common Stock upon the conversion of the convertible notes (the “Notes Conversion”) issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, entered into by the Company and certain institutional investors on December 1, 2025, and amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement on December 8, 2025 (the “SPA”);
3. The Reverse Stock Split: a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s Common Stock, a change in the par value per share of the Company’s Common Stock from $0.01 to $0.001 (the “Change in Par Value”), and a corresponding amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) to (i) authorize the Board of Directors to effect the Reverse Stock split and (ii) the Change in Par Value;
4. The 2024 Plan Share Increase: an amendment to the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the 2024 Plan to 2,096,679; and
5. The 2025 Equity Plan: the approval and adoption the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”).
This Information Statement is being furnished to inform the Company’s stockholders of the Corporate Actions, which do not require any further stockholder approval.
What is the record date for determining stockholders entitled to receive this Information Statement?
The record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive this Information Statement is [—], 2026 (the “Record Date”). Only stockholders of record at the close of business on the Record Date are entitled to receive this Information Statement.
Did stockholders vote on these matters?
No meeting or vote of stockholders was held. The Corporate Actions described in this Information Statement were approved by the Written Consent of the Consenting Stockholders, in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
When will these actions become effective?
In accordance with Rule 14c-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the Corporate Actions will become effective no earlier than twenty (20) calendar days after this Information Statement is sent or mailed to the stockholders of record of the Company as of the Record Date.
5
Is any stockholder action required by me?
No. You are not required to take any actions as a result of this Information Statement.
Where can I find more information about the Company?
The Company files period reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. This information is available on the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. For a more detailed description of the available information, please refer to “Where You Can Find More Information.”
6
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT
The Written Consent was entered into and the Corporate Actions were approved by the Consenting Stockholders in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), attached as Annex A, which was entered into and closed on December 1, 2025, by the Company, Apimeds Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), MindWave Innovations Inc, a Delaware corporation (“MindWave”), Lokahi Therapeutics, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Bio Sub”), and Erik Emerson, solely in his capacity as representative for the Bio Business (the “Bio Business Representative”). The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Transactions” and the closing of the Transactions is referred to herein as the “Closing”.
Merger Agreement
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, a certificate of merger (the “Certificate of Merger”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “DE SOS”) (such time of the filing of the Certificate of Merger, the “Effective Time”), in accordance with the DGCL. Pursuant to the Certificate of Merger, Merger Sub was merged with and into MindWave (the “Merger”), with MindWave surviving the Merger as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”). As a result of the Merger, MindWave became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. At the Effective Time, all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of MindWave and Merger Sub vested in the Surviving Corporation and all of the debts, liabilities and duties of MindWave and Merger Sub became the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. The Closing occurred simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement on the Closing Date.
Transaction Consideration
At the Effective Time, (i) each share of MindWave common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, consisting of shares of Company Preferred Stock; and (ii) each holder of such shares shall receive, for each share of MindWave Common Stock held immediately prior to the Effective Time, a pro rata portion of the Merger Consideration, allocated as follows: (A) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Common Stock, such that the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued to all holders of MindWave Common Stock shall equal 0% of the total number of shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date of the Merger Agreement (the “Common Stock Cap”), with each holder’s allocation rounded down to the nearest whole share; and (B) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Preferred Stock, such that, immediately following the Effective Time, the holders of MindWave Common Stock collectively hold, on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis, 90.9% of the total issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company (exclusive of the Company Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (A) and calculated on a fully diluted basis). The shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock issued to holders of MindWave Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on an as-converted and fully diluted basis, shall collectively represent 90.9% of the equity capital of the Company as of the Closing. For purposes of the Merger Agreement, the shares of Company Common Stock, Company Preferred Stock, and MindWave Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Merger Consideration.”
Additional information regarding the Merger Agreement is contained in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 10, 2025.
7
BACKGROUND OF THE CONVERTIBLE NOTE FINANCING
On December 1, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), attached as Annex B, with an institutional investor (the “Investor”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue senior convertible notes (the “Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $120,900,000 at an 8% original issue discount (the “Note Financing”), over a 24-month period (the “Commitment Period”).
The Notes bear no interest unless an event of default occurs. The Notes constitute senior unsecured obligations of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, entered into by the Company and the Investor in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement on December 8, 2025, (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), the Company is required to file a resale registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Resale Registration Statement”) within 45 days of closing and have it declared effective within 75 days (or 120 days in the event of a full SEC review), subject to certain extensions, registering the shares of Company Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of the Notes. Delays beyond these deadlines will result in liquidated damages of 1% of the Redemption Value (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) for each 30-day period.
In connection with the Closing, $10,875,000 of the principal amount of the Notes shall be made available to the Company, and an additional $2,175,000 shall be funded upon the effectiveness of the Resale Registration Statement. The Investor shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to purchase up to an aggregate of $13,075,000 of such additional Notes in one or more closings. The Investor shall have the ability to purchase, subject to mutual consent of the parties, any amount remaining under the Notes. The Notes shall mature on the 12-month anniversary of their issuance at 100% of the face value. The Investor has the right to convert the notes at 80% of the lowest daily volume weighted average price during the 5-trading day period ending and including the date of conversion (the “Conversion Price”). Monthly conversions using the Conversion Price shall be limited to the greater of (i) 20% of the aggregate of the daily traded value during such calendar month period, and (ii) $2.25 million.
The Notes include customary negative and affirmative covenants for transactions of this type. The Investor has agreed to a no net short provision, subject to certain carve-outs. The Investor also has the right to participate in up to 30% of any subsequent financing until the later of six months after the Commitment Period or the Notes’ maturity date. The Company agreed to obtain voting agreements from stockholders representing at least 51% of all outstanding shares before Closing.
Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company is obligated to seek stockholder approval for the Note Conversion. To facilitate this approval, the Company entered into voting agreements (each, a “Voting Agreement”) with certain officers, directors, and stockholders, pursuant to which these parties agreed to vote all shares of Company Common Stock they hold in favor of the Note Conversion.
On December 8, 2025, the Company and the Investor entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Securities Purchase Agreement, attached as Annex C, under which the parties (i) clarified how long the Company is prohibited from entering into a variable rate transaction, (ii) expanded the notification rights of the Investor if another funding event occurs, and (iii) extended the date for the Company to complete the Initial Closing (as such term is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement).
In connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement, on January 8, 2025, the Company entered into that certain Amendment and Exchange Agreement, attached as Annex D, which amends certain terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, by authorizing a new series of senior secured convertible notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $120,900,000, in exchange of the Notes.
Additional information on the Securities Purchase Agreement is contained in the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 2, 2025 and December 10, 2025.
8
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. (NYSE American: APUS) (the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing non-opioid, biologic-based therapies for pain management.
The Company was formed as a corporation in May 2020 and was incorporated in the State of Delaware. On August 21, 2021, Apimeds, Inc., a stockholder of the Company (“Apimeds Korea”), and the Company entered into a business agreement, under which the Company was designated to operate a pharmaceutical business which provides the biological drug named Apitox™ to clients in the biological drug commercial transaction area.
The Company is in the process of developing Apitox™, a proprietary intradermally administered bee venom-based toxin which completed a positive Phase 3 trial for the treatment of pain associated with Osteoarthritis (“OA”) in 2018 and is now proceeding with FDA discussions on next steps in approval. In the future, the Company plans to investigate potential uses for Apitox™ for in treating multiple sclerosis (“MS”) and intends to conduct non-registered corporate sponsorship studies to identify appropriate MS patient populations. Apitox™ is currently marketed and sold by Apimeds Korea in South Korea (Republic of Korea) as “Apitoxin” for the treatment of osteoarthritis.
The success of the Company is dependent on obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals of its product candidates, marketing its products and achieving profitable operations. The continuation of the research and development activities and the commercialization of its products, if approved, are dependent on the Company’s ability to successfully complete these activities and to obtain additional financing through a combination of financing activities and operations. It is not possible to predict either the outcome of future research and development or commercialization programs, or the Company’s ability to fund these programs.
MindWave Innovations Inc
MindWave Innovations Inc (“MindWave”) is a leading provider of institutional Digital Asset Treasury (DAT)
solutions, specializing in compliant Bitcoin treasury infrastructure, AI-driven yield capabilities, ClimateTech impact systems, and AdTech engagement platforms. Its multi-vertical ecosystem is powered by its native token, $NILA, which enables governance, utility, and value flow across its blockchain-integrated operations.
MindWave was formed as a corporation on November 10, 2025 and was incorporated in the State of Delaware.
9
INFORMATION ABOUT THE BUSINESS OF APIMEDS PHARMACEUTICALS US, INC.
Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, all references in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” “the Company” and “Apimeds US” refer to Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company in the process of developing Apitox, an intradermally administered bee venom-based toxin. Our focus is primarily on developing innovative therapies that address inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with knee OA and, to a lesser extent, MS. Apitox is currently marketed and sold by Apimeds Inc. (“Apimeds Korea”) in South Korea as “Apitoxin” for the treatment of OA. Apimeds US is not associated with the market, sale and revenues generated from Apitoxin in South Korea, and Apitoxin has not yet been approved by the FDA for any indication.
Apitox is a purified, pharmaceutical grade venom (bee venom), of the Apis mellifera, or western honeybee, which is classified by the FDA as an active pharmaceutical ingredient (“API”). Bee venom has been used in Asia and Europe to treat pain for hundreds of years. While not FDA approved in a controlled, prescription based biologic environment for defined indications, the use of bee venom has been FDA approved as a “under the skin injection” to reduce the allergic reactions to bee stings. Apimeds Korea has developed a proprietary method and process for turning extracted bee venom into a lyophilized powder for reconstitution prior to intradermal dose injections, which they sell in South Korea as Apitoxin. We intend to use a similar process with respect to Apitox, pursuant to the Business Agreement, which gives us a license to utilize all prior clinical development data associated with Apitoxin. The advancement of extracted bee venom for treatment of inflammatory conditions, including but not limited to knee OA and MS is speculative but based on direction provided by prior clinical data.
Apimeds Korea successfully completed Phase I, Phase II, and Phase III trials in OA in 2003, at which point Apitoxin was approved by the Korean Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (“MFDA”) to treat pain and mobility in patients with OA. Since 2003, a post-marketing/approval safety study in South Korea followed 3,194 patients from 2003 through 2009, with no serious adverse events. The purpose of a Phase I trial is to test to determine whether a new treatment is safe and look for the best way to give the treatment. Phase II trials test to determine whether a condition or disease responds to the new treatment. Phase III trials test to determine whether a new treatment is better than a standard treatment.
In 2013, the first of two required U.S. Phase III clinical trials was authorized to enroll patients to study the use of Apitoxin to study the same indication as approved in South Korea in 2023 — treatment of pain and lack of mobility in patients with OA (the “Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial”). The Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial (330 patients) was completed in 2018, and displayed no serious adverse events.
Based on the results from the Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial, which demonstrated therapeutic (statistical and clinically significant improvements in all outcome measures of pain, physical function, and disease assessment) effect compared to the placebo group, but in combination with prior development by Apimeds Korea, did not meet the FDA’s standards for approval, as the study population was too small and the methods for handling missing data were inadequate, resulting in a study that did not demonstrate a significant treatment effect. We will be pursuing a second Phase III trial to meet agreed upon FDA standards. Based on results from the Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial, we have evaluated the most appropriate population, defined as advanced knee OA patients, which will range from defined grade 2, 3 and 4 within this treatment group, to continue to progress our own Phase III trial. Pursuant to our previous correspondence with the FDA, we have designed and will implement our Phase III trial to best address our patient population, appropriate dosing, and the most effective way to evaluate Apitox in meeting the patient population’s needs.
We believe the progress we are making in clinical trials provides us support in our belief in the potential of Apitox to be an innovative therapy. We aim to treat the inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with knee OA and to help manage the devastating symptoms of this disease. In the future, we also aim to leverage our research in knee OA to investigate how Apitox may be used to treat similar symptoms associated with MS.
Treatment of OA
OA is typically treated with painkillers known as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). These medications have an anti-inflammatory and pain-relieving effect. These medications include ibuprofen (Motrin, Advil) naproxen (Aleve) and diclofenac (Voltaren and others). All of these medications work by blocking enzymes that cause pain and
10
swelling. The problem is that some of those enzymes also help blood to clot and protect the lining of your stomach. Without them, you can bruise easily, develop ulcers and may even bleed in your intestines. NSAIDs also increase your chance of heart attack, stroke and heart failure. The risk increases the longer you use them and the more you take. We believe Apitox could be a successful alternative to NSAIDs in the treatment of the inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with OA without the harmful side effects.
According to MedicalNewsToday, OA is the most common form of arthritis, affecting around 500 million people worldwide, or around 7% of the global population. Currently, in the United States, over 32 million people suffer from OA. As the 15th highest cause of years lived with disability (YLDs) worldwide, the burden OA poses to individuals is substantial, characterized by pain, activity limitations, and reduced quality of life. The economic impact of OA, which includes direct and indirect (time) costs, is also substantial, ranging from 1 to 2.5% of gross national product (GNP) in countries with established market economies, like the United States. Though trends in OA prevalence vary by geography, the prevalence of OA is projected to rise in regions with established market economies such as North America and Europe, where populations are aging and the prevalence of obesity is rising.
While OA can occur in any joint, it occurs most frequently in the knee, which, according to ScienceDirect, currently accounts for 365 million cases worldwide and 61% of YLDs lost due to OA, followed by the hand.
Our current efforts are focused on the development of Apitox in the United States for the treatment of inflammation and pain management relating to OA in the knee.
Treatment of MS
Additionally, we believe the previous clinical trial success of Apimeds Korea with respect to the use of Apitoxin to treat symptoms associated with knee OA, and pending the success of our anticipated Phase III trial in knee OA, we will be in a position to further explore the use of Apitox as a potential treatment for the symptoms of MS. MS is a chronic disease of the central nervous system. It is an autoimmune condition that is characterized by the body’s own immune cells (macrophages and lymphocytes) attacking the myelin that coats nerve cells, which can lead to inflammation throughout the central nervous system. MS is an unpredictable disease that affects people differently. Some people with MS may have only mild symptoms. Others may lose their ability to see clearly, write, speak, or walk when communication between the brain and other parts of the body becomes disrupted.
MS is the most common progressive neurologic disease of young adults worldwide. A study funded by the National MS Society estimates that nearly one million individuals are currently affected by this disease in the United States. The total economic burden of MS in the United States is estimated to be $85.4 billion, with $63.3 billion in direct medical costs and $22.1 billion in indirect and nonmedical costs. MS typically affects patients at a young age, resulting in a greater loss of productivity and quality of life.
Beta interferon drugs are among the most common medications used to treat MS. Interferons are signaling molecules that regulate immune cells. Potential side effects of these drugs include flu-like symptoms (which usually fade with continued therapy), depression, or elevation of liver enzymes.
Pain from MS can be felt in different parts of the body. Trigeminal neuralgia (facial pain) is treated with anticonvulsant or antispasmodic drugs, or less commonly, painkillers. Central pain, a syndrome caused by damage to the brain and/or spinal cord, can be treated with gabapentin and nortriptyline. Treatments for chronic back or other musculoskeletal pain may include heat, massage, ultrasound, and physical therapy.
OA and the Current Standard of Care
OA is a degenerative joint disease in which the tissues in the joint break down over time. It is the most common type of arthritis and is more common in older people. People with osteoarthritis usually have joint pain and, after rest or inactivity, stiffness for a short period of time.
There are four stages of OA: (1) Minor — minor wear-and-tear in the joints and little to no pain in the affected area, (2) Mild — more noticeable bone spurs, the affected area feels stiff after sedentary periods and patients may need a brace, (3) Moderate — cartilage in the affected area begins to erode, the joint becomes inflamed and causes discomfort during normal activities, and (4) Severe — the patient is in a lot of pain, the cartilage is almost completely gone leading to an inflammatory response from the joint, and overgrowth of bony spurs may cause severe pain.
11
With the progression of OA of the knee, there is obvious joint inflammation which causes frequent pain when walking, running, squatting, extending or kneeling. Along with joint stiffness after sitting for long or when waking up in the morning, there may be popping or snapping sounds when walking.
The data from the Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial suggest that Apitox would have the most potential in treating OA in stages 3 and 4.
MS and the Current Standard of Care
MS is increasingly recognized as a neurodegenerative disease triggered by an inflammatory attack of the central nervous system. There is no cure for multiple sclerosis. Treatment typically focuses on speeding recovery from attacks, reducing new radiographic and clinical relapses, slowing the progression of the disease, and managing MS symptoms.
MS is unpredictable and can vary substantially from person to person. MS is divided into four types: clinically isolated syndrome (CIS), relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS), secondary progressive MS (SPMS) and primary progressive MS (PPMS).
CIS refers to a first episode of neurologic symptoms caused by inflammation and demyelination in the central nervous system.
RRMS, the most common disease course, shows clearly defined attacks of new or increasing neurologic symptoms. These attacks are also called relapses or exacerbations. They are followed by periods of partial or complete recovery, or remission. In remissions, all symptoms may disappear or some symptoms may continue and become permanent. However, during those periods, the disease does not seem to progress.
SPMS follows the initial relapsing-remitting course. Some people diagnosed with RRMS eventually go on to have a secondary progressive course, in which neurologic function worsens progressively or disability accumulates over time.
With PPMS, neurologic function worsens or disability accumulates as soon as symptoms appear, without early relapses or remissions. PPMS can be further characterized as either active (with an occasional relapse and/or evidence of new MRI activity over a specified period of time) or not active, as well as with progression (evidence of disability accrual over time, with or without relapse or new MRI activity) or without progression.
Patients with MS tend to be more educated about their disease and better organized than patients with other diseases, resulting in patients that are aggressive in their approach to treatment. This is due to MS impacting otherwise healthy people in the prime of their lives.
MS treatment has undergone significant evolution in the last ten years with the development and approval of certain new drugs, including several oral agents such as Ocrevus, in the United States. These new agents not only give patients additional treatment options, but also have improved the efficacy and safety of treatment for MS overall. In general, these drugs are “disease modifying agents,” intended to slow down the immune mediated damage to the myelin sheaths that underlie symptoms in MS. However, they often do not adequately address the symptoms that MS patients experience such as walking problems, bladder control, dizziness, and especially pain. A 2022 study estimated that the average cost of treatment for patients with MS is approximately $88,000 annually. The out-of-pocket expense for patients can be significantly reduced through certain insurance plans. However, we believe there is the ability for Apitox to be positioned as an important and cost-effective therapy.
We believe the data from the Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial suggest that Apitox may have the potential as an adjunctive therapy for all four types of MS. We intend to Apitox as a potential adjunctive therapy through non-registered corporate sponsorship studies to begin determining the appropriate MS patient populations.
Market Opportunity
We believe there is a significant market opportunity in the United States for Apitox in the treatment of certain symptoms of knee OA and eventually MS. According to Precedence Research the osteoarthritis therapeutics market size accounted for $8.28 billion in 2022 and it is expected to hit around $20.24 billion by 2032, expanding at a CAGR of 9.4% from 2023 to 2032. Although OA can damage any joint, the disorder most commonly affects joints in your hands, knees, hips and spine. OA symptoms can usually be managed, although the damage to joints can’t be reversed. Apitox has certain anti-inflammatory properties, which we believe give it significant potential to help treat the symptoms of certain chronic diseases that involve difficult to control pain and inflammation.
12
According to Pharmaceutical Technology the MS market size in the United States accounted for $10.73 billion in 2022 and is expected to hit $24.4 billion by 2030, expanding at a CAGR of 10.32%. Starting in the first quarter of 2025, we intend to begin the early prosecution of appropriate MS patient populations through non-registered corporate sponsorship studies. Subject to FDA approval, our development of Apitox in the United States will in the near term, have two distinct focuses (i) the treatment of the certain symptoms of knee OA and (ii) the quality of life issues surrounding knee OA, such as pain and lack of mobility.
Living with a chronic disease is challenging, as it interferes with physical, mental, and social functions and thus greatly affects a person’s quality of life. Indeed, chronically ill patients are facing major struggles such as higher expenditures, social isolation and loneliness, disabilities, fatigue, pain/discomfort, feelings of distress, anger, hopelessness, frustration, anxiety, and depression. There is the general assumption that symptom reduction increases a patient’s quality of life. Our approach with Apitox centers around this concept — effectively treating certain symptoms of the patient’s disease, thus improving their overall quality of life. Bee venom has been shown to have anti-inflammatory effects. At low doses, bee venom can suppress inflammatory cytokines such as interleukin-6 (IL-6), IL-8, interferon-γ (IFN-γ), and tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). A decrease in the signaling pathways responsible for the activation of inflammatory cytokines, such as nuclear factor-kappa B (NF-κB), extracellular signal-regulated kinases (ERK1/2) and protein kinase Akt, and porphyromonas gingivalis lipopolysaccharide (PgLPS)-treated human keratinocytes has been associated with treatments involving bee venom. We believe the driver of pain in the highest category of OA is correlated to the key inflammatory elements treated by bee venom, meaning the evaluation of our Phase III data may lead to a small indication for narcotic use reduction in the treatment of stage 4 OA.
Our Product Candidate
Apitox is purified honeybee (Apis mellifera) venom manufactured as a lyophilized powder for reconstitution in 0.5% preservative-free lidocaine (lmg/mg) prior to intradermal dose injections that are administered up to 1,500 micrograms per weekly visit. The biologically active components include melittin (40-50%), apamin (2-3%), mast cell degranulating (“MCD”) peptide (Peptide 401,2-3%), phospholipase A2 (10-15%), hyaluronidase (1.5-2%) and other components in small amounts, including dopamine and norepinephrine. According to a publication entitled “Pharmacological effects and mechanisms of bee venom and its main components: Recent progress and perspective” by Shi et al., certain components of honeybee venom have been found to have both anti-inflammatory and analgesic effects. The anti-inflammatory and analgesic effects are attributed to the presence of Peptide 401, adolapin and other components that inhibit prostaglandin synthesis. The hormone-stimulating effects are attributed to the presence of melittin, cardiopep and other components that stimulate the pituitary-adrenal axis to produce cortisol. Results from an animal study entitled “Effect of bee venom and melittin on plasma cortisol in the unanesthetized monkey” published by Vick et al., indicate that melittin appears to stimulate the production of cortisol from the adrenal gland. The immune-modulating effects, especially as it pertains to MS, are suggested to be mediated by CD4+CD2S+Foxp3+ regulatory T cells (Tregs) that are influenced by phospholipase A2. While the exact mechanism of action of Apitox is not fully understood, research such as the publication entitled “Therapeutic Use of Bee Venom and Potential Applications in Veterinary Medicine” by Bava et al., suggests that certain components in Apitox may ameliorate immune-inflammatory responses associated with MS. Such studies suggested that treatments with melittin prevent inflammatory cytokine expression and produces anti-inflammatory effects. The proposed indication for Apitox is to provide add-on therapy for the signs and symptoms of MS in patients whose condition is relapsing-remitting (RRMS), primary-progressive (PPMS) or secondary progressive (SPMS).
Clinical Development History
Founded in 1989, Apimeds Korea pursued a traditional drug development process in South Korea for Apis mellifera, the bee venom API for Apitoxin. Apimeds Korea completed a formal preclinical study to validate dosing and safety for human administration with a focus on antigenicity and toxicology in 1993.
A Phase I trial was completed in 1994, studying the toxicity and safety of Apitoxin in 20 healthy subjects. The purpose of the Phase I trial was to determine if therapeutic doses of Apitoxin was safe and to identify possible side-effects, if any. Injections of Apitoxin were given two to three times a week, for a total of 12 sessions spanning over four to six weeks. Laboratory and physical examination of the subjects included (i) serum cortisol levels (to see if Apitoxin stimulated the release of cortisol), (ii) serum ionized calcium level (to determine if Apitoxin decreased the serum calcium level), (iii) urinalysis, (iv) hematology and blood chemistry, and (v) vital signs. The Phase I trial demonstrated that there were no significant changes pre- and post-testing of the serum cortisol levels, serum ionized calcium levels,
13
hematology, blood chemistry, urinalysis, and vital signs after the subjects were injected with Apitoxin according to the protocol. There were no significant physiological changes in the clinical evaluations of the subjects and localized itching was the most frequent side effect and was managed with ice packs or external anti-itching gels. No severe side effects or aftereffects were observed. The Phase I trial indicated that Apitox is safe for humans when applied in therapeutic doses.
The Phase I trial was followed by a Phase II trial in 101 subjects to determine the efficacy of Apitoxin at various dose levels. This was a randomized active-controlled clinical trial with three groups receiving the study drug at various dose levels and one group receiving the control drug (nabumetone) for a six-week period. Patients received twice weekly injections of Apitox intradermally at dosages titrated to a maximum of 0.7 mg (Group A), 1.5 mg (Group B), and 2.0 mg (Group C) for a period of six weeks. Control group patients (Group D) received 1,000 mg of nabumetone orally each day for the same six-week period. There were 25, 26, 25 and 25 patients assigned to Groups A, B, C and D, respectively. Efficacy of treatment was evaluated by the physician investigators using a 4-point Likert-like symptom severity rating scale developed by the authors to assess Pain, Disability and Physical Signs. A similar 5-point scale was used for patient self-evaluation. Safety of the Apitoxin injection was evaluated by patient reaction, hematologic examination, and laboratory chemistry analysis of blood and urine. Efficacy data was reported for the 81 patients who completed the study. While there were no significant differences in symptom severity scores among the four groups at baseline, symptom scores were significantly better in the bee venom injection groups than in the control group at six weeks and 10 weeks after the start of treatment (p<0.01). A treatment was considered effective if there was a 20% improvement from baseline in symptom scores after 6 weeks of treatment. Based on this definition, therapy demonstrated overall efficacy in 70.0% of patients in Group A, 85.7% in Group B, 90.0% in Group C, and 61.9% in Group D (drug control). Overall efficacy was significantly greater in treatment Groups B and C combined than in the nabumetone-treated control group D (p<0.0177). Importantly, efficacy of treatment among all patients treated with Apitoxin injection was greater than among nabumetone-treated patients for each category assessed: Pain: 85.2% versus 76.2%; Disability: 77.0% versus 71.4%; and Physical Signs: 62.3% vs. 23.8%. It is also noteworthy that, unlike the drug control group, the Apitoxin injection groups continued to demonstrate improved symptom scores at four weeks after the last treatment (10 weeks). There were no significant changes in vital signs or results of laboratory examinations of any patient in this clinical trial. Localized itching was experienced by all patients who received Apitox injections. Itching at the injection site generally lasted for two to three weeks; several patients had this reaction for a longer period. This Phase II study showed that Apitoxin was significantly more effective than the control drug, nabumetone, in the treatment of knee and spinal osteoarthritis patients. It clearly showed that improvement in pain, disability and physical signs was greater in the bee venom injection groups than in the nabumetone control group. No significant side effects developed at the therapeutic doses studied. However, research should be continued to minimize itching and pain at bee venom injection sites, and possible allergic reaction should always be considered with treatment at high doses.
In 2002, a formal Phase III double-blind, placebo-controlled trial was completed with 407 subjects (311 of which obeyed the trial protocol and completed the clinical study). The purpose of the Phase III trial was conducted to verify the efficacy and safety of the medicine resulting from the prior Phase I and Phase II trials. The therapeutic course treatment included a total of 12 injections over a period of 6 weeks. Final evaluations were completed in the 8th week, following two weeks of no injections. During the trial period, laboratory tests were carried out three times (before injection, in the second week, in the sixth week), and the efficacy evaluation was performed four times (before injection, in the second week, in the sixth week, and in the eighth week). Safety of the Apitoxin injection was evaluated by, hematologic examination, measurement of cortisol and calcium levels, and laboratory chemistry analysis of blood and urine. The primary efficacy variable for the trial was the ratio of the subjects who showed more than 20% improvement in the total points of test items for efficacy evaluation 6 weeks after injection, compared with the total points before injection of the medicine (the “improvement rate”). Data obtained from subjects of the clinical test were analyzed by two methods, ITT (Intention to Treat) analysis and PP (Per Protocol) Among 310 subjects who participated in the efficacy evaluation, 153 and 157 patients belonged to the Apitoxin group and the nabumetone group, respectively. For the Apitoxin group, the ratio of the subjects who showed more than 20% improvement in the total points was 48.70% (75/154 subjects, 95% confidence interval (“CI”): 40.8~56.6%), while for the nabumetone group, it was 46.15% (72/156 subjects, 95% CI: 38.3~54.0%), indicating that the improvement rate in the Apitoxin group was greater than in the nabumetone group; however, there was no statistical significance. (p=0.6533). Among a total of 407 subjects (Apitoxin group: 204; Nabumetone group: 203), 38.24% (78/204) of the Apitoxin group showed more than 20% improvement during the 6th week of injection, while 38.42% of the Nabumetone group improved by more than 20%, indicating that the two groups showed similar improvement rate (p=0.9688). The second efficacy variable was the
14
improvement rate during the 8th week (2 weeks after the completion of the final injection). According to results from comparing the total points of efficacy evaluation items during the second week after completion of injection (during the 8th week after injection) with the total points before injection, 58.44% (90/154) of the Apitoxin group showed a higher improvement rate than during the 6th week (48.70%), while 42.95% (67/156) of the Nabumetone group showed lower improvement rate than during the 6th week (46.15%). There was statistical difference in total point of efficacy evaluation items between the two groups (p=0.0064). These results suggest that even after treatment stops, the efficacy of Apitoxin continues. With respect to safety, among a total of 407 subjects who participated in the safety evaluation, 69 (33.82%) of the Apitoxin group showed an adverse event, while 59 (29.06%) of the Nabumetone indicated adverse event. These results indicate that the Apitoxin group had an elevated adverse event rate than the Nabumetone group, but there was no statistically significant difference between the two groups (p=0.3526).
In May 2003, MFDA granted approval for the use of Apitoxin in the treatment of pain and mobility in patients with OA. A post-marketing/approval safety study in South Korea followed 3,194 patients from 2003 through 2009, with no serious adverse events or negative safety signals.
In 2013, preliminary Phase III clinical trials were authorized to enroll patients by the FDA to study the same indication approved in South Korea — treatment of pain and lack of mobility in patients with OA. The results of the preliminary Phase III clinical trial indicated statistical and clinically significant improvements in all outcome measures of pain, physical function, and disease assessment in the study group. The study group included 330 patients with diagnosed osteoarthritis of the knee. The subjects were evaluated for relief of pain using Western Ontario and McMaster Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) and physician and patient global assessments. The primary efficacy measure was relief of pain and inflammation over a 12-week treatment period after randomization into the trial. The secondary efficacy measure was improvement of mobility. Treatment effect will be compared in a 2-1 Apitox vs active control. Compared with the placebo group (histamine), subjects in the Apitox group who received a maximum dose (1500 micrograms) at each weekly visit over 12 weeks showed a significantly more improvement in all outcome measures (WOMAC pain, WOMAC physical function, visual analog scale (“VAS”) pain, patient and physician global assessments of OA). Further, post hoc analyses showed that a statistically significant greater percentage of Apitox-treated subjects had at least a 40% and 60% reduction in WOMAC pain as compared to placebo-treated subjects. Sensitivity analyses confirmed the validity of the statistical methods and population definitions. The improvements in pain endpoints were highly significant for both the modified intention to treat and per protocol populations and the improvement was sustained during the four weeks following Apitox treatment.
Except for an expected higher incidence of injection site reactions (<5%) in the Apitox group, the overall safety profiles were comparable between the treatment groups. A serious adverse event of the anaphylactic reaction occurred in an Apitox-treated subject because of a quick injection rate. However, the subject was treated, and the event was resolved within one day. The incidence of adverse events overall was similar between the Apitox and Placebo groups (49.0% and 46.3%, respectively), and there were no clinically meaningful changes, within and between groups, in laboratory parameters, vital signs, physical examination, or electrocardiogram results.
During Apimeds Korea meetings with the FDA, the FDA highlighted concerns regarding the opioid crisis. As Apitoxin has been previously approved in South Korea, we believe Apitox could be a viable treatment option within the United States after additional clinical investigation, including our anticipated Phase III trial. Initially, Apimeds Korea elected not to pursue the OA indication in the United States based on its evaluation of potential market adoption and the existing competitive environment for OA. Based on results from the Apimeds Korea Phase III OA Trial and correspondence with the FDA, we believe we are now in a position to continue to advance our Phase III trial for knee OA.
We intend to conduct an additional Phase III trial in knee OA. Based on our previous correspondence with the FDA, we have started to design and will implement our Phase III trial to best address our patient population of patients with grade 2, 3 and 4 knee OA, appropriate dosing, and the most effective way to evaluate Apitox in meeting a patient’s needs. This trial will be an update to the plan of execution based on review of data, discussions with former principal investigators from Apimeds Korea. Upon successful completion and FDA clearance of our Phase III trial in knee OA, we will be positioned to submit a BLA.
We intend that the purpose of this trial will be to evaluate the effectiveness of Apitox in the treatment of grade 2, 3 and 4 OA of the knee. The trial will be designed with a specific focus on the identified subgroup from which we see the highest degree of benefit.
15
The following table summarizes the preliminary clinical trial activity by Apimeds Korea with respect to Apitoxin:

Preliminary Clinical Data in MS Patients
The United States data from the literature on bee venom studies in MS patients, Table A (Hauser et al. 2001) below, showed clinically significant improvements in disability symptoms following treatment.
In Table A, results were categorized into the following groups: dramatic disability improvement (>12 points on the Related Observable Symptom Scale (“ROSS”), good improvement (7-12 points on ROSS), minimal improvement (<7 points on ROSS), no improvement (<2 points on ROSS), and negative (any total negative response on ROSS). Descriptive analysis of the ROSS clinical outcomes showed that more than 68% of MS patients showed some kind of positive improvement in disability (dramatic, good or minimal) and 58% demonstrated a marked improvement (dramatic or good).
Table A. Summary of Patient Disability Improvement to Bee Venom Treatment Using ROSS
|
N |
% of |
Follow-up Survey |
Related Observable |
||||||
|
Dramatic |
15 |
29.4 |
% |
>30%, or |
>12 points |
||||
|
Good |
15 |
29.4 |
% |
10 – 29%, or |
7 – 12 points |
||||
|
Minimal |
5 |
9.8 |
% |
<10%, or |
<7 points |
||||
|
None |
15 |
29.4 |
% |
<2%, or |
<2 points |
||||
|
Negative |
1 |
2.0 |
% |
Any total negative response |
Any total negative response |
||||
After 1 year of bee-venom injections, 68.6 percent of participants showed improvement. N = number of participants.
Apimeds Korea used data from its first Phase III clinical trial for OA and peer reviewed publications, including those referenced in Table A above and formal Phase I (the “Castro Phase I Trial”) and Phase II (the “Wesselius Phase II Trial”) publications specific to MS, to support its submission in 2014 of its Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”) 122804 (A Phase III, Multi-Center, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel Group Study to Evaluate the Safety and Efficacy of Apitox Add-on Therapy for Improving Disability and Quality of Life in Patients with Multiple Sclerosis).
16
Castro Phase I Trial
The Castro Phase I Trial involved a total of nine bee venom nonallergic patients with progressive forms of MS, who were 21 – 55 years of age with no other illnesses. The subjects distributed across four groups (A, B, C, and D) and followed a structured 1-year immunization schedule. Hyperreactivity to bee venom was evaluated by questionnaire, physical examination, and a battery of hematologic, metabolic, and immunologic tests. Responses to therapy were evaluated by questionnaire, functional neurological tests, and changes in measurement of somatosensory-evoked potentials. While no serious adverse allergic reactions were observed in any of the subjects, four experienced worsening of neurological symptoms, requiring their discontinuation in the study. The observed negative effects could not be conclusively attributed to adverse reactions arising from the administered therapy. Of the remaining five subjects, three reported subjective amelioration of symptoms and two exhibited objective improvement. Despite suggesting safety in this preliminary study, the small sample size precluded definitive conclusions regarding the efficacy of the treatment for MS. Larger and more carefully conducted multicenter studies were required to establish efficacy.
Wesselius Phase II Trial
The Wesselius Phase II Trial involved a randomized crossover study of 26 patients diagnosed with relapsing-remitting or relapsing secondary progressive MS. Participants were assigned to 24 weeks of medically supervised bee sting therapy, or a control period of 24 weeks of no treatment. Live bees (up to a maximum of 20) were used to administer bee venom three times per week. The primary outcome was the cumulative number of new gadolinium-enhancing lesions on T1-weighted MRI of the brain. Secondary outcomes were lesion load on T2*-weighted MRI, relapse rate, disability (Expanded Disability Status Scale, Multiple Sclerosis Functional Composite, Guy’s Neurologic Disability Scale), fatigue (Abbreviated Fatigue Questionnaire, Fatigue Impact Scale), and health-related quality of life (Medical Outcomes Study 36-Item Short Form General Health Survey). The results of the Wesselous Phase II Trial indicated that during bee sting therapy, there was no significant reduction in the cumulative number of new gadolinium-enhancing lesions. The T2*-weighted lesion load further progressed, and there was no significant reduction in relapse rate. There was no improvement of disability, fatigue, and quality of life. Bee sting therapy was well tolerated, and there were no serious adverse events. In this trial, treatment with bee venom in patients with relapsing multiple sclerosis did not reduce disease activity, disability, or fatigue and did not improve quality of life measured using gadolinium-enhancing MRI.
From June 2014 to June 2018, Apimeds Korea corresponded with the FDA and there were no clinical holds at that time. Sponsorship of IND 122804 was transferred from Apimeds Korea to us in October 2020. On September 21, 2021, we responded to customary non-clinical hold comments from the FDA. In November 2021, we received a customary clinical hold from the FDA due to the retirement of the former principal investigator. We have subsequently updated the FDA with a new principal investigator via our Chief Medical Officer, Dr. Christopher Kim. In February 2023, the FDA removed the clinical hold and concluded it may be initiated. We have subsequently made the strategic decision to focus our efforts and capital on our Phase III trial in knee OA, and instead focus our MS efforts on the early prosecution of appropriate MS patient populations through non-registered corporate sponsorship studies.
Our Commercialization Strategy
We are dedicated to the effective implementation of regulatory, clinical and legal strategies to create value in Apitox. The effective execution of this strategy will provide us the opportunity to evaluate and potentially acquire other assets that fit within our space for development.

17
Manufacturing
We intend to continue to engage a third-party manufacturer, Piramal Pharma Solutions, in Lexington, Kentucky to support our Phase III trial and, if Apitox is approved by the FDA, commercial manufacturing. This manufacturer has dedicated experience in development and technology transfer of sterile dose formulations, including liquid and lyophilized formulations.
Research and Development
We are currently engaged exclusively in the clinical development of Apitox for continued use in knee OA through a Phase III trial in knee OA and potential use for MS through the early prosecution of appropriate patient populations through non-registered corporate sponsorship studies.
Sales and Marketing
The healthcare providers associated with the treatment of inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with OA and MS are not limited to one specialist but involve a comprehensive team of providers focused on slowing the progression of the disease along with the physical, emotional and day-to-day management of the condition. Each of these providers represents a potential customer for Apitox.
Apitoxin, which will be known as Apitox in the United States, has established technological credibility through its preclinical testing, Phase I, Phase II and preliminary Phase III clinical studies completed by Apimeds Korea. Apimeds Korea received regulatory approval for Apitoxin by the MFDA in South Korea, as well as long-term safety data from treatment of patients in Korea from 2003 to 2009. There were no serious adverse events from over 3,000 patients monitored, and Apitoxin has been approved and marketed in South Korea for OA since 2003. We update the FDA annually on safety data generated by Apimeds Korea from South Korea.
We aim to obtain FDA approval for Apitox in the United States market for treatment of inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with knee OA, and eventually MS, and expand the indication portfolio in the autoimmune market with a strategic marketing partner. The marketing partner strategy is common in the pharmaceutical marketplace, as the infrastructure, overhead, and barriers to entry dilute the focus and can rapidly erode the financial well-being of small, product development-based companies such as us. By identifying the strategic marketing partner at an early stage, the companies can deliver a final product, or family of products, in a form factor or variety of form factors over time, that specifically suit the target market. We believe that Apitox represents a significant opportunity as a platform technology, with numerous product-line extensions, and the potential for new, ancillary products such as delivery devices.
Reimbursement Strategy
Apimeds expects to apply to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Studies (“CMS”) for temporary generic reimbursement codes 12 to 18 months prior to a BLA approval. Temporary codes are used until manufacturers apply for, and receive, permanent codes, which identify the drug and its therapeutic class. Permanent codes are issued by CMS on a rolling quarterly basis.
We will engage third party contractors to assist the us with reimbursement, coding and policy development prior to, during and at the time of approval of Apitox. We will look for a contractor to provide the following services to us:
• Coding Assessment and Strategy/Execution — CPT Review of Apitox Administration by Multiple Intradermal Injections. Assess the landscape to ensure a clear understanding of the key dynamics and analyze relevant proxies and precedent. Further assess relevant drug administration codes and whether appropriate codes exist.
• Medical Coverage Policy Analysis — Provide a framework and set expectations for Medicare’s anticipated coverage approach to Apitox, specifically in the context of intra articular hyaluronic acid use agent coverage policies and implications of their efficacy uncertainty.
18
• Medicare Local Coverage Analysis and Implications — Given the significance of Medicare policy standards, local and national Medicare policies often shape payer and provider perceptions and decisions. As complex statutory and regulatory guidance shape Medicare decision-making, ADVI analyzes, investigates, and synthesize Medicare policies that could affect access (coverage, coding and reimbursement) for Apitox.
• Medicaid and Commercial Coverage Analysis and Implications — Analyze available medical policies for five large state Medicaid agencies (based on population and geographic variation) and major commercial payers (where publicly available).
• Payer Policy Internal Expert Interviews — Conduct payer interviews with relevant Medicare, Medicaid and commercial policy advisors.
• HCPCS Coding and Payment Assessment — Assess the coding and reimbursement landscape to ensure Apimeds has a clear understanding of the key dynamics with the HCPCS application process and the Medicare Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System (OPPS) pass-through status application process. Through this assessment, identify the areas of concern, expectations, timing, timelines, and processes associated. This is especially relevant given the 2020 implementation of a new HCPCS review process.
• Address key Part B/medical benefit implications to Apitox in the following fields:
• HCPCS and OPPS application timelines (and potential evolution leading to launch),
• coding/access implications prior to code assignment (e.g., NOC/miscellaneous codes), review the merits/risks of Q-code,
• further review the application processes, expectations, case examples, timelines, and hurdles that APUS may face across settings of care, payers, and with CMS,
• case examples, timelines, and hurdles across settings of care with payers and CMS,
• review of reimbursement implications, and
• methodologies (ASP, WAC, AWP), role of sequestration, 340B, patient financial burden.
• Develop Payer (with Emphasis on Medicare) Launch Recommendations — Based on the above primary and secondary research, synthesize the discussions and summarize the overall findings of the payer survey, highlighting themes, and provide recommendations and considerations for optimizing market access, given the current and evolving reimbursement landscape. This section will include payer (emphasis on Medicare) launch strategy recommendations (including timeline) and a local/national Medicare engagement strategy.
Competition
We compete in an industry characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition, a changing regulatory and legislative landscape and a strong emphasis on the benefits of intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivities.
Like any biopharmaceutical company, we face competition from multiple sources, including large or established pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and wellness companies, academic research institutions, government agencies, and private institutions. We believe our drug candidate will prevail amid the competitive landscape through its efficacy, safety, administration methods, cost, public and institutional demand, intellectual property portfolio, and treatment of the root cause of many age-associated diseases.
Many of our competitors, either alone or with strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical, and human resources than we do. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful in obtaining approval for treatments and achieving widespread market acceptance, rendering our treatments obsolete or non-competitive. Accelerated merger and acquisition activity in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These companies also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical study sites, patient
19
registration for clinical studies, and acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Our commercial opportunity could be substantially limited in the event that our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, safer, more tolerable, more convenient, or less expensive than our comparable products. In geographies that are critical to our commercial success, competitors may also obtain regulatory approvals before us, resulting in our competitors building a strong market position in advance of our products’ entry. We believe the factors determining the success of our programs will be the efficacy, safety, and convenience of our drug candidates.
Additionally, consumer preference for branded, generic or private label products sold by competitors could adversely impact our financial performance. Our competitors, which differ within individual geographic markets, include large-scale retailers, smaller high-growth companies (which often operate on a regional basis and offer aggressive competition), multinational corporations moving into or expanding their presence in the consumer healthcare market, and “private-label” products sold by retailers.
Our aim is to reduce the use of NSAIDS and opioid use as it relates to the pain management associated with OA. We believe that if approved by the FDA, Apitox may be a non-addictive option to patients experiencing debilitating pain.
Business Agreement
On August 2, 2021, we entered into an agreement with Apimeds Korea, a principal stockholder of the Company (the “Business Agreement”). Pursuant to the Business Agreement, Apimeds Korea granted to the Company a sublicensable, royalty-bearing license to utilize all prior clinical development data associated with Apitoxin, Apitox, and all related names, advance clinical research, develop, manufacture and commercialize and sell Apitox in the United States. In exchange for this license, the Company will pay Apimeds Korea a perpetual royalty of 5% of the Company’s earnings before interest and taxes (as determined consistent with GAAP, derived from the sale or license of Apitox, less any shipping, handling, and insurance charges, credits (arising from returns or other adjustments), discounts, rebates, or allowances of any kind (if any). The Business Agreement can be terminated by mutual written agreement by the parties and will automatically terminate upon the bankruptcy or dissolution of the Company.
Assignment Agreement
On October 12, 2021, we entered into an intellectual property assignment agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”), which was effective as of May 12, 2020, with Apimeds Korea and Dr. Christopher Kim, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Medical Officer and the founder of Apimeds Korea. During Dr. Kim’s engagement with Apimeds Korea, he contributed to the development of the intellectual property as it relates to Apitoxin, which will be marketed in the United States as Apitox (the “Assigned IP”).
Pursuant to the Assignment Agreement, Dr. Kim sold, transferred, and conveyed all his rights, title and interest in the Assigned IP to Apimeds Korea. Dr. Kim retained no right to use the Assigned IP. Additionally, the Assignment Agreement acknowledged that the Assigned IP was licensed to us to use via the Business Agreement.
Intellectual Property
Apitox’s API is bee venom, a natural, non-synthetic compound that is not patentable, so we rely principally on trade secrets to protect our rights to Apitox, particularly the method and process of manufacturing Apitox.
Supplier
We purchase venom from our United States supplier, Apico, Inc. (“Apico”), via a letter agreement. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Apico agreed that for a period of ten years, or until November 3, 2031 it would not supply Apis Mellifea venom for pharmaceutical use for any buyer other than us; provided that Apico may also supply Apimeds Korea for its use outside of the United States. The letter agreement excludes customers using venom for immunology, cosmetic or any other “non-pharmaceutical” use. The letter agreement may be terminated upon mutual written consent of both Apico and the Company.
Apico has developed and practices a proprietary method of harvesting venom. It operates under and is certified in current good manufacturing practice regulations enforced by the FDA and has an active and current Drug Master
20
File (“DMF”) with the FDA. DMF’s are submissions to the FDA used to provide confidential, detailed information about facilities, processes, or articles used in the manufacturing, processing, packaging, and storing of human drug products. We have an exclusive relationship with our supplier for pharmaceutical use in the United States and they are not permitted to sell to any other party for pharmaceutical use.
Apimeds Korea has a number of proprietary analytical methods for the classification and identification of specific pharmacologically active fractions of its venom, along with numerous manufacturing processes from filtration, vial filing and lyophilization required to produce Apitoxin. Apitoxin is the only approved and commercially available therapeutic product containing purified and sterile bee venom that is registered as an API in South Korea. The proprietary methods developed and practiced for the commercial manufacturing of Apitoxin include dilution, filtering, vial staging and lyophilization parameters and cycles.
We plan to file Apitox as a BLA with the Centers for Biologics and Research of the FDA following the successful completion of our Phase III trial for knee OA. The FDA provides 12-year market exclusivity at the time of approval of a BLA, with the potential for a six-month extension upon approval for pediatric use. If the BLA is approved, the 12-year period would be retroactive to the date of the application.
We intend to file a U.S. trademark application for “Apitox”.
Regulatory Environment
Government Regulation and Product Approval
In the United States, biological products are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), and the Public Health Service Act (the “PHSA”), and other federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. Both the FDCA and PHSA and their corresponding regulations govern, among other things, the research, development, clinical trials, testing, manufacturing, quality control, safety, purity and potency (efficacy), labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, distribution, reporting, marketing, promotion, advertising, post-approval monitoring, and post-approval reporting involving biological products. Along with third-party contractors, we will be required to navigate the various preclinical and clinical regulatory obligations and the commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our product candidate. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States, along with subsequent compliance with applicable laws and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.
Government policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay further development or regulatory approval of any product candidates, product or manufacturing changes, additional disease indications or label changes. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that might arise from future legislative or administrative action.
Review and Approval for Licensing Biologics in the United States
In the United States, FDA regulates our current product candidate as a biological product, or biologics, under the FDCA, the PHSA, and associated implementing regulations. Biologics, like other drugs, are used for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease in humans. In contrast to low molecular weight drugs, which have a well-defined structure and can be thoroughly characterized, biologics are generally derived from living material (human, animal, or microorganism), are complex in structure, and thus are usually not fully characterized.
Biologics are also subject to other federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. The failure to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process, or after approval may subject a sponsor or applicant to administrative or judicial enforcement actions. These actions could include the suspension or termination of clinical trials by FDA, FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications or supplemental applications, withdrawal of an approval, issuance of warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, import detention, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by FDA, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), and other governmental entities.
21
An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a biologic in the United States must typically undertake the following:
• completion of non-clinical laboratory tests and studies performed in accordance with FDA’s good laboratory practice (“GLP”) regulations;
• manufacture, labeling and distribution of investigational drugs in compliance with FDA’s current good manufacturing practice (“cGMP”) requirements;
• submission to FDA of an investigational new drug application (“IND”), which must become effective before clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually and when significant changes are made;
• approval by an independent institutional review board (“IRB”) for each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;
• performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with FDA’s Good Clinical Practices (“GCP”) to establish the safety, purity, and potency of the proposed biological product candidate for its intended purpose;
• after completion of all pivotal clinical trials, preparation of and submission to FDA of a BLA requesting marketing approval, which includes providing sufficient evidence to establish the efficacy, safety, purity, and potency of the proposed biological product for its intended use, including from results of nonclinical testing and clinical trials;
• satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, when appropriate, as may be requested by FDA to assist with its review;
• satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the proposed product, or certain components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP and data integrity requirements to assure that the facilities, methods, and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product’s identity, strength, quality, and purity and, if applicable, FDA’s good tissue practice (“GTP”) requirements for human cellular and tissue products;
• satisfactory completion of FDA inspections of selected clinical investigation sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements and the integrity of the clinical data;
• satisfactory completion of an FDA sponsor GCP inspection, often conducted at the applicant’s headquarters facility;
• payment of user fees (unless there is a waiver, exemption, or reduction) under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) for the relevant year;
• FDA’s review and approval of the BLA to permit commercial marketing of the licensed biologic for particular indications for use in the United States;
• compliance with post-approval requirements, including the potential requirements to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”), to report adverse events and biological product deviations, and to complete any post-approval studies; and
• completion of any post-approval clinical studies required by FDA, such as confirmatory trials or pediatric studies.
From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced, and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the testing, approval, manufacturing, and marketing of biological products regulated by FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations, guidance documents, and policies are often revised or interpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect the regulation of biological products in the United States. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative changes will be enacted or whether FDA regulations, guidance, policies, or interpretations will change, and the effects of any such changes.
22
Preclinical and Clinical Development
Before an applicant can begin testing the potential product candidate in human subjects, the applicant must first conduct preclinical studies. Preclinical studies may include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. Preclinical studies are subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations, which govern the conduct of animal studies designed to test a product’s safety. None of our preclinical studies to date have been animal studies. The results of an applicant’s preclinical studies are submitted to FDA as part of an IND.
An IND is a request for authorization from FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved drug to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in a clinical trial. Such authorization must be secured prior to interstate shipment and administration of a biological drug that is not subject of an approved BLA. In support of an IND, applicants must submit a protocol for each clinical trial, which details, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments.
Human clinical trials may not begin until an IND is effective. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by FDA, unless FDA raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial within the 30-day time period. In such a case, FDA may place the IND on clinical hold and the IND sponsor must resolve any of FDA’s outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in regulatory authorization to begin a clinical trial.
FDA may also place a clinical hold or partial clinical hold on a clinical trial following commencement of the trial under an IND. A clinical hold is an order issued by FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, under a partial clinical hold, FDA may instruct a sponsor not to enroll any new patients into a study but permit the previously enrolled patients to continue in the study. No more than 30 days after imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, FDA will provide the sponsor a written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, an investigation may only resume after the FDA has notified the sponsor that the investigation may proceed. FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor addressing the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying FDA that the investigation can proceed.
Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. If a sponsor chooses to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study complies with GCP regulations in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval, including review and approval by an IRB and informed consent from subjects.
Furthermore, an independent IRB for all sites participating in a clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at each site and must monitor the trial until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives.
Some trials also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board (“DSMB”). DSMBs review unblinded study data at pre-specified times during the course of the study. If the DSMB determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy, the DSMB can make a recommendation to the sponsor to modify or stop the trial.
Other grounds for a sponsor’s decision to suspend or terminate a study may be made based on evolving business objectives or the competitive climate.
23
For purposes of BLA approval, clinical trials are typically conducted in the following sequential phases:
• Phase 1: The investigational product is initially introduced into a small group of healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These trials are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans and the side effects associated with increasing doses. These trials may also yield early evidence of effectiveness.
• Phase 2: The investigational product is administered to a slightly larger patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages, and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase III clinical trials.
• Phase 3: The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to generate sufficient data to statistically demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product, to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product, and to provide an adequate basis for product approval by FDA.
These phases may overlap or be combined. In some cases, FDA may require, or companies may voluntarily pursue, additional clinical trials after a product are approved to gain more information about the product, referred to as Phase 4 trials. Post-approval trials are conducted following initial approval, often to develop additional data and information relating to the use of the product in new indications.
Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to FDA. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions in study subjects; findings from epidemiological studies, pooled analysis of multiple studies, animal or in vitro testing, or other clinical studies, whether or not conducted under an IND, and whether or not conducted by the sponsor, that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over such rate listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.
A sponsor’s planned clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.
During clinical development, the sponsor often refines the indication and endpoints on which the BLA will be based. For endpoints based on patient-reported outcomes (“PROs”), the process typically is an iterative one. FDA has issued guidance on the framework it uses to evaluate PRO instruments. Although the agency may offer advice on optimizing PRO instruments during the clinical development process, FDA usually reserves final judgment until it reviews the BLA.
Concurrent with clinical trials, companies often complete additional animal studies, and develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, purity and potency of the final drug. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.
BLA Submission and Review
Assuming successful completion of all required clinical testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, an applicant may submit a BLA requesting licensing to market the biologic for one or more indications in the United States. The BLA must include the results of nonclinical studies and clinical trials; detailed information on the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls; and proposed labeling. Under the PDUFA, a BLA submission is subject to an application user fee, unless a waiver, reduction, or exemption applies.
24
FDA will initially review the BLA for completeness before accepting it for filing. Under FDA’s procedures, the agency has 60 days from its receipt of a BLA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing and substantive review. If the agency determines that the application does not meet this initial threshold standard, FDA may refuse to file the application and request additional information, in which case the application must be resubmitted with the requested information and review of the application delayed.
After the BLA is accepted for filing, FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure, and potent and if the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued identity, strength, quality, safety, purity, and potency. To ensure cGMP, GLP, GCP, GTP, and other regulatory compliance, an applicant must incur significant expenditure of time, money, and effort in the areas of training, record keeping, production and quality control. In addition, FDA expects that all data be reliable and accurate, and requires sponsors to implement meaningful and effective strategies to manage data integrity risks. Data integrity is an important component of the sponsor’s responsibility to ensure the safety, efficacy and quality of its product or products.
For cellular products, FDA will not approve the product if the manufacturer is not in compliance with the GTPs, to the extent applicable. GTPs are FDA regulations and guidance documents that govern the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the manufacture of human cells, tissue, and cellular and tissue-based products (“HCT/Ps”), which are human cells or tissue intended for implantation, transplant, infusion, or transfer into a human recipient. The primary intent of the GTP requirements is to ensure that cell and tissue-based products are manufactured in a manner designed to prevent the introduction, transmission and spread of communicable disease. FDA regulations also specify how HCT/P establishments must register and list their HCT/Ps with FDA and how they must evaluate donors through screening and testing, where applicable.
If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.
The performance goals and policies implemented by FDA under the PDUFA generally provide for FDA action on an original BLA within 10 months of filing, which (as discussed above) typically occurs within 60 days of submission, but that deadline is extended in certain circumstances. Furthermore, the review process is often significantly extended by FDA’s requests for additional information or clarification.
FDA may refer applications for novel products or products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee. Typically, an advisory committee consists of a panel that includes clinicians and other experts who will review, evaluate, and provide a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and, if so, under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions and usually has followed such recommendations.
After FDA evaluates a BLA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its components will be produced, FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter (“CRL”). An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biological with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A CRL will describe all of the deficiencies that FDA has identified in the BLA, except that where FDA determines that the data supporting the application are inadequate to support approval, FDA may issue the CRL without first conducting required inspections, testing submitted product lots and/or reviewing proposed labeling. If and when the deficiencies have been addressed to FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the BLA, FDA will issue an approval letter. In issuing the CRL, the FDA may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the BLA in condition for approval, including requests for additional data, information, or clarification. FDA may delay or refuse approval of a BLA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied and may require additional testing or information and/or require new clinical trials. Even with submission of this additional information, FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.
During the approval process, FDA will determine whether a REMS is necessary to help ensure the benefits outweigh the risks of the biologic. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a product and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution
25
methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. If FDA concludes that a REMS is needed, the BLA sponsor must submit a proposed REMS and FDA will not approve the BLA without a REMS that the agency has determined is acceptable.
If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, or require that contraindications, warnings, or precautions be included in the product labeling. FDA may also require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval. FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs.
FDA may also require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization. For biologics, such testing may include official lot release, which requires the manufacturer to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. The manufacturer then typically must submit samples of each lot of products to the FDA, together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. The FDA may also perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products itself, before releasing the lots for distribution by the manufacturer.
In general, an approved BLA only allows the sponsor to market the biologic as approved, without modification. If, for example, a sponsor modifies an approved T cell product to target different peptides or in our case to target another HLA type, the sponsor would be required to either file a supplemental BLA with FDA or receive FDA approval for a comparability protocol in order to implement this change into the final product.
The FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace.
Post-Approval Requirements
Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, reporting of certain deviations and adverse experiences, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are often subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval, depending on the nature of the post-approval change. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which FDA assesses an annual program fee for each product identified in an approved BLA. Biologic manufacturers and their third-party contractors are required to register their facilities with the FDA and certain state agencies. These facilities are subject to routine and periodic unannounced inspections by FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, post-marketing safety reporting and data integrity requirements, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements to assure quality of manufacturing and product. FDA has increasingly observed cGMP violations involving data integrity during site inspections and is a significant focus of its oversight. Requirements with respect to data integrity include, among other things, controls ensuring complete and secure data; activities documented at the time of performance; audit trail functionality; authorized access and limitations; validated computer systems; and review of records for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with established standards.
Post-approval changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP, data integrity, pharmacovigilance, and other aspects of regulatory compliance.
The FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-approval studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS. Other potential consequences include, for example:
• restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market, or product recalls;
26
• fines, warning or untitled letters, or holds on post-approval clinical studies;
• refusal of FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of existing product approvals;
• product seizure or detention, or refusal of FDA to permit the import or export of products; or
• permanent injunctions and consent decrees, including the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
FDA strictly regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of prescription drug products placed on the market. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. FDA’s regulation includes, among other things, standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, communications regarding unapproved uses, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the Internet and social media. Promotional claims relating to a product’s safety or effectiveness are prohibited before the drug is approved. After approval, a product generally may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by FDA, as reflected in the product’s prescribing information. In the United States, healthcare professionals are generally permitted to prescribe drugs for such uses not described in the drug’s labeling, known as off-label uses, because FDA does not regulate the practice of medicine. However, FDA regulations impose rigorous restrictions on manufacturers’ communications and prohibit the promotion of off-label uses. It may be permissible, under very specific, narrow conditions, for a manufacturer to engage in non-promotional, non-misleading communication regarding off-label information, such as distributing scientific or medical journal information.
If a company is found to have promoted off-label uses, it may become subject to adverse public relations and administrative and judicial enforcement by FDA, the DOJ, or the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), as well as other federal and state authorities. This could subject a company to a range of penalties that could have a significant commercial impact, including civil, administrative, and criminal fines, penalties, and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes products. The federal government has levied large civil, administrative, and criminal fines and penalties against companies for alleged improper promotion and has also requested that companies enter into Corporate Integrity Agreements and Consent Decrees of Permanent Injunction under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.
The distribution of prescription drugs and biologics are subject to the Drug Supply Chain Security Act (“DSCSA”), which requires manufacturers and other stakeholders to comply with product identification, tracing, verification, detection and response, notification, and licensing requirements. In addition, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act and its implementing regulations and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples, and the DSCSA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove prescription drug and biological products that may be counterfeit, stolen, contaminated, or otherwise harmful from the market.
Expedited Development and Review Programs
FDA offers a number of expedited development and review programs for qualifying product candidates. The fast-track program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process of reviewing new products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new products are eligible for fast-track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. A product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. Any marketing application for a biologic submitted to FDA for approval, including a product with a fast-track designation and/or breakthrough therapy designation, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite FDA review and approval process, such as priority review and accelerated approval. FDA also may grant accelerated approval to certain products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions.
The RMAT designation, which we are currently planning to seek for some of our therapies, is intended to facilitate an efficient development program for, and expedite review of, any drug that meets the following criteria: (1) the drug is a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; (2) the drug is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; and (3) preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. Like breakthrough therapy designation, RMAT
27
designation provides potential benefits that include more frequent meetings with FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate and eligibility for rolling review and priority review. Products granted RMAT designation may also be eligible for accelerated approval on the basis of a surrogate or intermediate endpoint reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites (including through expansion to additional sites) so as to remove any likelihood of site-specific or investigator-specific bias on the evidence of effectiveness. Once approved, when appropriate, FDA can permit fulfillment of post-approval requirements for RMATs receiving accelerated approval through the submission of clinical evidence, clinical studies, patient registries, or other sources of real-world evidence such as electronic health records; through the collection of larger confirmatory datasets; or through post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with the therapy prior to approval.
Fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and RMAT designation do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.
Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity
After approval, owners of relevant drug or biological product patents may apply for up to a five year term patent extension to restore a portion of patent term lost during product development and FDA review of a BLA if approval of the application is the first permitted commercial marketing or use of a drug or biologic containing the active ingredient under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Act. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as one-half of the product’s testing phase, which is the time between the effective date of an IND and initial BLA submission, and all of the approval phase, which is the time between BLA submission and approval, up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if the FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years from the date of FDA approval of the product. Only one patent claiming each approved product is eligible for restoration and the patent holder must apply for restoration within 60 days of approval, even if the product cannot be commercially marketed at that time. The USPTO, in consultation with FDA, reviews and approves the application for patent term restoration.
For patents that might expire during the BLA application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the USPTO must determine that approval of the product candidate covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a product candidate for which a BLA has not been submitted.
Biosimilars and Marketing Exclusivities
The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act (“BPCIA”) created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological product candidates shown to be highly similar to or interchangeable with an FDA licensed biological product. A biological product on which another biological product candidate’s BLA relies to establish bio similarity is known as a reference product. Bio similarity sufficient to reference a prior FDA-approved product requires that there be no differences in conditions of use, route of administration, dosage form and strength, and no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product candidate and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency. Bio similarity must be shown through analytical trials, animal trials and at least one clinical trial, unless the Secretary of HHS waives a required element. A biosimilar product candidate may be deemed interchangeable with a prior approved product if it meets the higher hurdle of demonstrating that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biological product candidate and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biologics, as well as the process by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being resolved by FDA.
A reference biologic is granted 12 years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product, and no application for a biosimilar can be submitted for four years from the date of licensure of the reference product. The first biological product candidate submitted under the abbreviated approval pathway that is determined to be interchangeable with the reference product has exclusivity against a finding of interchangeability for other biologics for the same
28
condition of use for the lesser of (i) one year after first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable biosimilar, (ii) 18 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar is approved if there is no patent challenge, (iii) 18 months after resolution of a lawsuit over the patents of the reference biologic in favor of the first interchangeable biosimilar applicant, or (iv) 42 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar’s application has been approved if a patent lawsuit is ongoing within the 42 month period. At this time, it is unclear whether products deemed “interchangeable” by FDA will, in fact, be readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy laws and regulations.
Healthcare Regulation
Coverage, Pricing, and Reimbursement
Our ability to successfully commercialize any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for such products, and significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any products for which may we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States, third-party payors include federal and state health care programs, private managed care providers, health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price of a product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will pay for the product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products, therapies, and services, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. We may need to conduct expensive pharmaco-economic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain the FDA approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.
The marketability of any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on healthcare pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.
Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements
Although we currently do not have any commercialized products, our current and future business operations may be subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. Such laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security, price reporting and physician sunshine laws. Some of our pre-commercial activities are subject to some of these laws.
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug manufacturer or a party acting on its behalf to knowingly and willfully, directly or indirectly, solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration in cash or in kind that is intended to induce or reward the referral of business, including the purchase, order, or lease of any item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers, formulary managers and beneficiaries on the other.
Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead,
29
the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have found that the Anti-Kickback Statute may be violated if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare program business. In addition, liability may be established without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Violations of this law are punishable by up to ten years in prison, and can also result in criminal fines, civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.
Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.
The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment of government funds or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay money to the government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Persons and entities can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Many pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been investigated and have reached substantial financial settlements with the federal government under the civil False Claims Act for a variety of alleged improper marketing activities, including: providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product; providing sham consulting fees, grants, free travel and other benefits to physicians to induce them to prescribe the company’s products; and inflating prices reported to private price publication services, which are used to set drug payment rates under government healthcare programs. Penalties for federal civil False Claims Act violations may include up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $13,508 and $27,018 for each separate false claim, and the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, False Claims Act violations may also implicate various federal criminal statutes.
The healthcare fraud provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
Many states have analogous laws and regulations, such as: state anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to certain healthcare providers; laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to clinical trials or information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; laws that restrict the ability of manufacturers to offer co-pay support to patients for certain prescription drugs; and laws and local ordinances that require identification or licensing of sales representatives.
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), and their implementing regulations, mandates, among other things, the adoption of uniform standards for the electronic exchange of information in common healthcare transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, which require the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil
30
actions. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties.
The U.S. federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, implemented as the Open Payments Program, requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to direct or indirect payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals (and certain other practitioners as of 2022), as well as ownership and investment interests held in the company by physicians and their immediate family members.
Because we intend to commercialize products that could be reimbursed under a federal health care program and other governmental healthcare programs, we intend to develop a comprehensive compliance program that establishes internal control to facilitate adherence to the rules and program requirements to which we will or may become subject. Although the development and implementation of compliance programs designed to establish internal control and facilitate compliance can mitigate the risk of investigation, prosecution, and penalties assessed for violations of these laws, the risks cannot be entirely eliminated.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and individual imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.
Health Care Reforms
In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and continue to be, legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect the ability to profitably sell product candidates for which marketing approval is obtained. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives.
For example, the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The ACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries, and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. The ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate. The ACA also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization and by enlarging the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits.
There have been judicial challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by Congress to modify, and by agencies to alter the implementation of, certain aspects of the ACA. For example, Congress eliminated the tax penalty for failure to comply with the ACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amended the ACA to increase from 50 percent to 70 percent the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the donut hole.
It is possible that the ACA, as currently enacted or as may be amended in the future, as well as other healthcare reform measures, including those that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria, and less favorable payment methodologies, or other downward pressure on coverage and payment and the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement or restriction on coverage under Medicare or other federal health care programs may result in a similar reduction or restriction by private payors.
31
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the ACA was enacted. For example, the Inflation Reduction Act introduces several changes to the Medicare Part D benefit, including a limit on annual out-of-pocket costs and a change in manufacturer liability under the program which could negatively affect the profitability of our product candidates. The IRA sunsets the current Part D coverage gap discount program starting in 2025 and replaces it with a new manufacturer discount program. Failure to pay a discount under this new program will be subject to a civil monetary penalty. In addition, the IRA establishes a Medicare Part B inflation rebate scheme effective January 2023 and a Medicare Part D inflation rebate scheme effective October 2022, under which, generally speaking, manufacturers will owe rebates if the price of a Part B or Part D drug increases faster than the pace of inflation. Failure to timely pay a Part B or D inflation rebate is subject to a civil monetary penalty. The IRA also creates a drug price negotiation program under which the prices for Medicare units of certain high Medicare spend drugs and biologicals without generic or biosimilar competition will be capped by reference to, among other things, a specified non-federal average manufacturer price starting in 2026. Failure to comply with requirements under the drug price negotiation program is subject to an excise tax and/or a civil monetary penalty. Congress continues to examine various policy proposals that may result in pressure on the prices of prescription drugs with respect to the government health benefit programs and otherwise. The IRA or other legislative changes could impact the market conditions for our product candidates.
In general, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their commercial products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Drug Pedigree Laws
State and federal governments have proposed or enacted various drug pedigree laws which can require the tracking of all transactions involving prescription drugs from the manufacturer to the pharmacy (or other dispensing) level. Companies are required to maintain records documenting the chain of custody of prescription drug products beginning with the purchase of such products from the manufacturer. Compliance with these pedigree laws requires implementation of extensive tracking systems as well as heightened documentation and coordination with customers and manufacturers. While we fully intend to comply with these laws, there is uncertainty about future changes in legislation and government enforcement of these laws. Failure to comply could result in fines or penalties, as well as loss of business that could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
Federal Regulation of Patent Litigation Settlements and Authorized Generic Arrangements
As part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, companies are required to file with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the U.S. Department of Justice certain types of agreements entered into between brand and generic pharmaceutical companies related to the settlement of patent litigation or manufacture, marketing and sale of generic versions of branded drugs. This requirement could affect the manner in which generic drug manufacturers resolve intellectual property litigation and other disputes with brand pharmaceutical companies and could result generally in an increase in private-party litigation against pharmaceutical companies or additional investigations or proceedings by the FTC or other governmental authorities.
Other
The U.S. federal government, various states and localities have laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of pharmaceuticals, as well as regulations dealing with the substitution of generic drugs for branded drugs. Our operations are also subject to regulation, licensing requirements and inspection by the states and localities in which our operations are located or in which we conduct business.
32
Certain of our activities are also subject to FTC enforcement actions. The FTC enforces a variety of antitrust and consumer protection laws designed to ensure that the nation’s markets function competitively, are vigorous, efficient and free of undue restrictions. Federal, state, local and foreign laws of general applicability, such as laws regulating working conditions, also govern us.
In addition, we are subject to numerous and increasingly stringent federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other things, the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of toxic and hazardous substances, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and the cleanup of contamination. We are required to maintain and comply with environmental permits and controls for some of our operations, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by the issuing authorities. Our environmental capital expenditures and costs for environmental compliance may increase in the future as a result of changes in environmental laws and regulations or increased manufacturing activities at any of our facilities. We could incur significant costs or liabilities as a result of any failure to comply with environmental laws, including fines, penalties, third-party claims and the costs of undertaking a clean-up at a current or former site or at a site to which our wastes were transported. In addition, we have grown in part by acquisition, and our diligence may not have identified environmental impacts from historical operations at sites we have acquired in the past or may acquire in the future.
Employees
As of the date of this Information Statement, we have [two] full time employees. We have no part-time employees and we engage one consultant. We believe that we maintain good relations with our employees.
33
APIMEDS PHARMACEUTICALS US, INC.’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
References in this section to “we,” “us” or the “Company” refer to Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the unaudited condensed financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Information Statement. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results, expectations and plans discussed in these forward-looking statements.
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Information Statement includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act that are not historical facts, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected and projected. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this Information Statement including, without limitation, statements in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and variations thereof and similar words and expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events or future performance, but reflect management’s current beliefs, based on information currently available. A number of factors could cause actual events, performance or results to differ materially from the events, performance and results discussed in the forward-looking statements. For information identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, please refer to the Risk Factors section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on April 15, 2025 (the “Annual Report”) and the “Risk Factors” section of this Information Statement. Our securities filings can be accessed on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Except as expressly required by applicable securities law, we disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the unaudited condensed financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Information Statement. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Overview
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. is a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company that is in the process of developing Apitox, a proprietary intradermally administered bee venom-based toxin. Our primary focus is to advance Apitox in the treatment of inflammatory conditions in the United States, specifically osteoarthritis (“OA”) and, eventually, multiple sclerosis (“MS”).
Apitox, is currently marketed and sold by Apimeds, Inc. in South Korea (“Apimeds Korea”) as “Apitoxin” for the treatment of inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with OA. There is an extensive history of use of bee venom, both in the United States and around the world, to assist with pain management. We believe that, in addition to knee OA and MS, Apitox has the potential to help manage difficult to control pain and inflammation issues, which we will explore in the future.
Our Product Candidate
Our product candidate Apitox is a purified, pharmaceutical grade venom of the Apis mellifera, or honeybee, which is classified by the U.S Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) as an active pharmaceutical ingredient. Apimeds Korea has developed a proprietary method and process of turning extracted bee venom into a lyophilized powder for reconstitution prior to intradermal dose injections, which they sell in South Korea as Apitoxin. Apimeds Korea has exclusively licensed to us all rights to develop, commercialize, market and sell Apitoxin as “Apitox” in the United States in exchange for a sales royalty.
34
The success of the Company is dependent on obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals of its product candidates, marketing its products and achieving profitable operations. The continuation of the research and development activities and the commercialization of its products, if approved, are dependent on the Company’s ability to successfully complete these activities and to obtain additional financing through a combination of financing activities and operations. It is not possible to predict either the outcome of future research and development or commercialization programs, or the Company’s ability to fund these programs.
Financial Results
Since inception, Apimeds has incurred significant operating losses. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. net loss was $1,781,255 and $4,845,845 and $332,521 and $1,078,357, respectively.
Liquidity
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had accumulated deficit amount to $9,237,769 The Company incurred net losses of $1,781,255 and $4,845,845 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively, and expects to continue to incur substantial losses in the future. On May 12, 2025, the Company consummated its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of 3,375,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $4.00 per share, generating net proceeds to the Company of $11.9 million. Based on cash that is available for Company operations, together with the proceeds from the IPO, and projections of future Company operations, the Company believes that its cash will be sufficient to fund the Company’s current operating plan through at least the next twelve months from the date of issuance of the accompanying condensed financial statements.
Results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
Operating Expense
The following table sets forth the Company’s selected statements of operations data for the following periods:
|
Three Months Ended |
||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
||||||||||
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Research and development expenses |
$ |
619,693 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
619,693 |
|
|||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,224,546 |
|
|
299,999 |
|
|
924,547 |
|
|||
|
Loss from operations |
|
(1,844,239 |
) |
|
(299,999 |
) |
|
(1,544,240 |
) |
|||
|
Other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Interest income |
|
56,426 |
|
|
116 |
|
|
56,310 |
|
|||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
(12,859 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(12,859 |
) |
|||
|
Interest expense |
|
(6,301 |
) |
|
(32,638 |
) |
|
26,337 |
|
|||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(1,781,255 |
) |
$ |
(332,521 |
) |
$ |
(1,448,734 |
) |
|||
Revenues
For the three months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no revenue.
35
Operating expenses
Research and development expense
The following table summarizes the year-over-year changes in research and development expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2025:
|
Three Months Ended |
|||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||
|
Payroll expenses |
$ |
8,871 |
$ |
— |
$ |
8,871 |
|||
|
Clinical trials |
|
557,430 |
|
— |
|
557,430 |
|||
|
Compensation – stock and stock options |
|
13,629 |
|
— |
|
13,629 |
|||
|
Other |
|
39,763 |
|
— |
|
39,763 |
|||
|
$ |
619,693 |
$ |
— |
$ |
619,693 |
||||
Research and development expenses totaled $619,693 for the three months ended September 30, 2025, compared to no such expenses for the same period in 2024, reflecting an increase of $619,693. This increase was primarily driven by the availability of funding, which supported higher overall research and development spending. The increase was mainly attributable to stock-based compensation of approximately $14,000, clinical trial costs of approximately $557,000, and other research and development expenses totaling approximately $40,000.
General and administrative expenses
The following table summarizes the year-over-year changes in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2025:
|
Three Months Ended |
|||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||
|
Payroll expenses |
$ |
384,451 |
$ |
91,000 |
$ |
293,451 |
|||
|
Professional services |
|
549,590 |
|
202,995 |
|
346,595 |
|||
|
Compensation – stock and stock options |
|
29,045 |
|
— |
|
29,045 |
|||
|
Insurance |
|
54,255 |
|
— |
|
54,255 |
|||
|
Office expenses |
|
106,131 |
|
3,818 |
|
102,313 |
|||
|
Other general and administrative |
|
101,074 |
|
2,186 |
|
98,888 |
|||
|
$ |
1,224,546 |
$ |
299,999 |
$ |
924,547 |
||||
General and administrative expenses totaled $1,224,546 for the three months ended September 30, 2025, compared to $299,999 for the same period in 2024, representing an increase of $924,547. The increase was primarily driven by higher stock compensation costs and expanded operational activities. Specifically, the change included an increase in professional services of approximately $347,000, stock-based compensation of approximately $29,000, insurance expenses of approximately $54,000, office expenses of approximately $102,000, and other general and administrative costs of approximately $99,000.
Other Income (expense)
The following table summarizes the year-over-year changes in other income (expense) for the periods presented:
|
Three Months Ended |
|||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||||
|
Interest income |
$ |
56,426 |
|
$ |
116 |
|
$ |
56,310 |
|||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
12,859 |
|
|
— |
|
|
12,859 |
|||
|
Interest expense |
|
(6,301 |
) |
|
(32,638 |
) |
|
26,337 |
|||
|
$ |
62,984 |
|
$ |
(32,522 |
) |
$ |
95,506 |
||||
36
Other income was $62,984 for the three months ended September 30, 2025, compared to other expense of $32,522 for the same period in 2024, representing an increase in income of $95,506. The increase was mainly due to an increase in interest income of approximately $56,000 and a decrease in interest expense of approximately $26,000.
Net Loss
Net loss was $1,781,255 for the three months ended September 30, 2025, compared to net loss of $332,521 in the same period of 2024, representing an increased loss of $1,448,734. The increase was mainly due to the increase in both general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses due to higher payroll expenses, professional services and expanded operational and research and development activities.
Results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
Operating Expense
The following table sets forth the Company’s selected statements of operations data for the following periods:
|
Nine Months Ended |
||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
||||||||||
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Research and development expenses |
$ |
1,271,477 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
1,271,477 |
|
|||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
3,601,034 |
|
|
999,482 |
|
|
2,601,552 |
|
|||
|
Loss from operations |
|
(4,872,511 |
) |
|
(999,482 |
) |
|
(3,873,029 |
) |
|||
|
Other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Interest income |
|
71,676 |
|
|
2,794 |
|
|
68,882 |
|
|||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
22,377 |
|
|
— |
|
|
22,377 |
|
|||
|
Interest expense |
|
(67,387 |
) |
|
(81,669 |
) |
|
14,282 |
|
|||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(4,845,845 |
) |
$ |
(1,078,357 |
) |
$ |
(3,767,488 |
) |
|||
Revenues
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no revenue.
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses
The following table summarizes the year-over-year changes in research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2025:
|
Nine Months Ended |
|||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||
|
Payroll expenses |
$ |
81,027 |
$ |
— |
$ |
81,027 |
|||
|
Clinical trials |
|
674,967 |
|
— |
|
674,967 |
|||
|
Compensation – stock and stock options |
|
452,258 |
|
— |
|
452,258 |
|||
|
Other |
|
63,225 |
|
— |
|
63,225 |
|||
|
Total research and development expenses |
$ |
1,271,477 |
$ |
— |
$ |
1,271,477 |
|||
Research and development expenses totaled $1,271,477 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to no such expenses for the same period in 2024, reflecting an increase of $1,271,477. This increase was primarily driven by the availability of funding, which supported higher overall research and development spending. The increase was mainly attributable to payroll expenses of approximately $81,000, stock-based compensation of approximately $452,000, clinical trial costs of approximately $675,000, and other research and development expenses totaling approximately $63,000.
37
General and administrative expenses
The following table summarizes the year-over-year changes in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2025:
|
Nine Months Ended |
|||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||
|
Payroll expenses |
$ |
594,929 |
$ |
297,000 |
$ |
297,929 |
|||
|
Professional services |
|
1,138,448 |
|
669,923 |
|
468,525 |
|||
|
Compensation – stock and stock options |
|
1,482,469 |
|
— |
|
1,482,469 |
|||
|
Insurance |
|
85,510 |
|
— |
|
85,510 |
|||
|
Office expenses |
|
176,508 |
|
14,144 |
|
162,364 |
|||
|
Other general and administrative |
|
123,170 |
|
18,415 |
|
104,755 |
|||
|
Total general and administrative expenses |
$ |
3,601,034 |
$ |
999,482 |
$ |
2,601,552 |
|||
General and administrative expenses totaled $3,601,034 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to $999,482 for the same period in 2024, representing an increase of $2,601,552. The increase was primarily driven by higher stock compensation costs and expanded operational activities. Specifically, the change included the increases in professional services of approximately $469,000, stock-based compensation of approximately $1,482,000, payroll expenses of approximately $298,000, insurance expenses of approximately $86,000 and office expenses of approximately $162,000.
Other Expense
The following table summarizes the year-over-year changes in other expenses for the periods presented:
|
Nine Months Ended |
|||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
|||||||||
|
Interest income |
$ |
71,676 |
|
$ |
2,794 |
|
$ |
68,882 |
|||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
22,377 |
|
|
— |
|
|
22,377 |
|||
|
Interest expense |
|
(67,387 |
) |
|
(81,669 |
) |
|
14,282 |
|||
|
$ |
26,666 |
|
$ |
(78,875 |
) |
$ |
105,541 |
||||
Other income was $26,666 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to other expense of $78,875 for the same period in 2024, representing an increase in other income of $105,541. The increase was mainly due to an increase in interest income of approximately $69,000 corresponding with the decrease in interest expense of approximately $14,000 due to conversion of the notes, as well as gain as a result of the change in fair value of warrant liability for approximately $22,000.
Net Loss
Net loss was $4,845,845 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to net loss of $1,078,357 in the same period of 2024, representing an increase in loss of $3,767,488. The increase was mainly due to the increase in both general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses due to higher stock compensation costs and expanded operational and research and development activities.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company has generated no revenue, has incurred operating losses since inception, expects to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future and may never become profitable. Until such time as the Company is able to establish a revenue stream, it is dependent upon obtaining necessary equity and/or debt financing to continue operations. The Company cannot make any assurances that sales will commence in the near term or that additional financing will be available to it on acceptable terms or at all. This could negatively impact our business and operations and could also lead to the reduction of our operations.
38
Cash Flows
The following table presents selected financial information and statistics for each of the periods shown below:
|
Nine Months Ended |
||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
Change |
||||||||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
$ |
(5,107,575 |
) |
$ |
(633,910 |
) |
$ |
(4,473,665 |
) |
|||
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
(35,909 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(35,909 |
) |
|||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
12,126,646 |
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
11,876,646 |
|
|||
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
$ |
6,983,162 |
|
$ |
(383,910 |
) |
$ |
7,367,072 |
|
|||
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, operating activities used approximately $5,108,000 of cash, primarily resulting from a net loss of $4,859,332, partially offset by non-cash stock-based compensation for stock and stock options grants in the approximate amount of $1,700,000 and $235,000, respectively, accretion expense of approximately $40,000, and changes in operating assets and liabilities of approximate decrease of $2,243,000, mainly due to increase in prepaid research costs and prepaid insurance and decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, operating activities used approximately $634,000 of cash, primarily resulting from a net loss of $1,078,357, partially offset by non-cash interest expense-related parties of approximately $27,000, accretion expense of approximately $55,000, and positive changes in operating assets and liabilities of approximately $363,000.
Investing activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 investing activities used approximately $36,000 and $0, respectively, resulting from acquired furniture and equipment.
Financing activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, financing activities provided approximately $12,126,600 of cash. This was primarily attributable to net proceeds from the issuance of common stock in the IPO of $11,953,046, proceeds from notes payable from related parties of $250,000, and cash advances from related parties of $17,400, partially offset by cash advances paid to related parties in the amount of $93,800.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2024, financing activities provided $250,000 of cash, consisting entirely of proceeds from notes payable from related parties.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
See Note 6 — Debt, and Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies, of the notes to the Company’s financial statements as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2025 included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report for further discussion of the Company’s commitments and contingencies.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company is not party to any off-balance sheet transactions. The Company has no guarantees or obligations other than those which arise out of normal business operations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
The Company’s management’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations is based on its financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these unaudited condensed financial statements requires Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. evaluates its estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. The most significant estimates relate to convertible instruments. Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. bases its estimates and
39
assumptions on current facts, historical experiences, and various other factors that Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The Company defines its critical accounting policies as those accounting principles that require it to make subjective estimates and judgments about matters that are uncertain and are likely to have a material impact on its financial condition and results of operations, as well as the specific manner in which the Company applies those principles. While its significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to its financial statements, the Company believes the following are the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of its unaudited condensed financial statements that require significant estimates and judgments.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging Activities”.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when we have determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) as follows: The Company records when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.
40
INFORMATION ABOUT THE BUSINESS OF MINDWAVE INNOVATIONS INC
Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, all references in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” “the Company” and “MindWave” refer to MindWave Innovations Inc
MindWave Innovations Inc (“MindWave,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is a technology platform company focused on institutional Digital Asset Treasury (“DAT”) solutions, centered on enabling corporations and institutions to hold, manage, and generate yield on Bitcoin reserves through a compliant, scalable infrastructure. Our strategic model integrates secure digital treasury wallets, AI-supported Bitcoin yield programs, and a validator-enabled ecosystem supported by our native token, $NILA. TechyTrade Innovations Pte. Ltd. is a Singapore exempt private company and wholly owned subsidiary of MindWave Innovations Inc (“TechyTrade (Singapore)”). TechyTrade FZ LLC is a limited liability company operating under the laws of the Ras Al Khaimah Economic Zone is a wholly owned subsidiary of TechyTrade Singapore (“TechyTrade (Dubai)”). MindWave operates through an international structure that includes TechyTrade (Singapore) and TechyTrade (Dubai), which contains the primary business operations of MindWave.
Our balance sheet strategy is designed to align with our DAT offering. TechyTrade (Dubai) owns or controls 1,000 Bitcoin free of encumbrances, identifiable and segregated within a sub-wallet architecture created and administered by MindWave Ltd. for the benefit of TechyTrade (Dubai), with private keys and beneficial ownership retained by TechyTrade (Dubai). TechyTrade (Dubai) has no indebtedness other than trade payables, which were less than fifty percent of cash on hand. This reserve posture is intended to preserve purchasing power, provide continuous exposure to Bitcoin, and support our yield infrastructure without requiring asset sales.
We intend to commercialize our principal DAT offerings for institutional clients, which comprise: (i) secure corporate Bitcoin treasury infrastructure designed for public-company balance sheets and institutional controls; (ii) AI-supported Bitcoin yield strategies intended to deliver risk-managed, programmatic yield including InsureTech; and (iii) a validator-enabled ecosystem that supports utility and governance via $NILA across interoperable verticals, including AdTech engagement platforms and ClimateTech impact systems, as described in our technical materials. Custody of client assets is expected to occur through regulated third-party providers and institutional-grade wallet solutions, implemented within a segregation and control framework consistent with institutional compliance requirements.
Our operating framework is designed around Bitcoin as the core reserve and risk collateral reference for treasury and yield solutions. We expect to avoid hybrid collateral models in favor of a Bitcoin-centric approach that is transparent, simple, and consistent with our treasury and platform design. Within our ecosystem, $NILA functions as an economic and governance substrate to activate services, enable staking mechanisms that align incentives, and facilitate validator economics across our interoperable platforms.
We intend to serve corporate treasuries and institutions that maintain or plan to maintain Bitcoin reserves and require scalable, compliant DAT capabilities. We also expect to support high-net-worth individuals and funds seeking institutional controls for Bitcoin reserve management and programmatic yield. Consistent with institutional practices, our anticipated operations emphasize transparency and risk management, including conservative collateralization where relevant to client programs, real-time risk monitoring, and robust anti-money laundering (AML) and know-your-customer (KYC) processes. We are pursuing strategic relationships with financial institutions, placement agents, and digital-asset service providers to support custody, treasury operations, and capital formation for expansion of our platform.
We believe that our combination of (i) an institutional Bitcoin reserve posture supported by segregated custody architecture and independent attestation, (ii) AI-enhanced yield strategies integrated into a controlled DAT stack, and (iii) a validator-enabled ecosystem powered by $NILA positions us to meet emerging institutional demand for Bitcoin treasury solutions. In connection with our merger with Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc., our DAT platform is expected to be operated within a publicly listed structure, with Apimeds’ biopharmaceutical business continuing within a subsidiary post-closing, and capital formation initiatives contemplated to support both the DAT platform and biopharmaceutical development. We believe this structure enhances our ability to scale client adoption while maintaining regulatory discipline and institutional-grade controls.
41
General Development of Our Business
MindWave Innovations Inc was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2025. On December 1, 2025, MindWave signed and closed an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. (“Apimeds”), Apimeds Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), Lokahi Therapeutics, Inc., and Erik Emerson, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into MindWave, with MindWave surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Apimeds (the “Merger”).
Following the Merger, we have focused our development efforts on scaling an institutional DAT platform. Consistent with our treasury reserve posture, our group maintains Bitcoin as its core reserve asset. As previously mentioned, TechyTrade (Dubai) owns and controls 1,000 Bitcoin, identifiable and segregated in sub-wallets administered by MindWave Ltd.
Our principal activities consist of: (i) building our institutional DAT stack, including secure corporate Bitcoin treasury infrastructure and AI-supported Bitcoin yield strategies; (ii) implementing and attesting to our Bitcoin reserve and segregated custody architecture; and (iii) forming relationships with regulated custodians, wallet and validator providers, financial institutions, and placement agents to support custody, risk management, compliance (including AML/KYC), and capital formation. We are in the execution stage and are preparing for commercialization of our DAT offerings.
Roadmap and Milestones
Our near-term priorities focus on: (i) onboarding initial institutional clients to our corporate Bitcoin treasury infrastructure; (ii) progressing AI-supported, risk-managed yield programs under defined policy and control frameworks; (iii) standing up enterprise validator services to support network participation and governance; and (iv) advancing development of our ClimateTech, AdTech, and InsurTech verticals to interoperate with our DAT stack. Over time, we intend to expand treasury management capabilities, scale validator operations, and develop ecosystem utility, subject to applicable regulatory requirements, market conditions, and governance approvals.
Our Treasury Strategy and Digital Asset Treasury Platform
Bitcoin Treasury Strategy
We believe that Bitcoin is an attractive reserve asset because (i) it can serve as a store of value supported by a robust, public, open-source architecture that is independent of sovereign monetary policy, (ii) its fixed supply offers the potential to serve as a long-term hedge against inflation and, as adoption increases, the opportunity for appreciation, and (iii) the Bitcoin network provides infrastructure for financial and technological innovation.
We were formed with the intention of operating an institutional-focused Digital Asset Treasury (“DAT”) platform, and our group has adopted a Bitcoin-centric reserve posture aligned with that platform. Under this posture, our treasury reserve assets consist principally of:
• Cash and cash equivalents sufficient for working capital and operational needs; and
• Bitcoin held at the operating-subsidiary level as our primary reserve asset, maintained within a segregated sub-wallet architecture and free of encumbrances, subject to business needs and market conditions.
Consistent with this reserve posture, we may from time to time evaluate capital raising transactions to support platform development, working capital, and expansion of our reserve strategy. We expect future capital allocation decisions to consider market conditions, risk management, regulatory considerations, and anticipated operating requirements. Our strategy contemplates that we may (i) periodically rebalance or sell Bitcoin for general corporate purposes, (ii) utilize our Bitcoin reserve within conservative, risk-managed programs that support our yield and validator infrastructure, and (iii) evaluate compliant structures to generate programmatic returns consistent with institutional practices and applicable law.
We also plan to conduct advocacy and educational initiatives regarding institutional Bitcoin treasury standards, custody segregation, controls, and reporting, including thought leadership and partnerships intended to support the broader adoption of compliant corporate Bitcoin treasury operations.
42
DAT Yield and Validator Infrastructure
Our core offerings center on an institutional DAT stack designed to help corporations and institutions hold, manage, and generate yield on Bitcoin reserves. Key components include:
• Institutional treasury infrastructure. Secure wallet architecture with segregation and controls designed to align with public-company balance sheet requirements and institutional compliance frameworks.
• AI-supported yield programs. Risk-managed strategies intended to produce programmatic returns on Bitcoin reserves, with governance and monitoring controls suitable for institutional participants.
• Validator-enabled ecosystem. Operations that support network economics and governance across our ecosystem, including utility powered by our native token, $NILA.
Client assets, if and when onboarded, are expected to be held through regulated third-party custodians or institutional-grade wallet solutions within a segregation and control framework consistent with AML/KYC and other applicable requirements. We emphasize conservative collateralization (where relevant to client programs), real-time risk monitoring, and robust compliance processes.
Our Bitcoin Holdings
On March 31, 2025, TechyTrade (Dubai) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with MindWave Ltd., pursuant to which TechyTrade (Dubai) acquired 1,000 bitcoin. The bitcoin are held free of encumbrances within a segregated sub-wallet architecture administered by MindWave Ltd. We did not sell any bitcoin during 2024 or 2025.
Our Industry Overview
Bitcoin Industry
Bitcoin is a digital asset that is issued by and transmitted through an open-source protocol, known as the Bitcoin protocol, collectively maintained by a peer-to-peer network of decentralized user nodes. This network hosts a public transaction ledger, known as the Bitcoin blockchain, on which bitcoin holdings and all validated transactions that have ever taken place on the Bitcoin network are recorded. Balances of bitcoin are stored in individual “wallet” functions, which associate network public addresses with one or more “private keys” that control the transfer of bitcoin. The Bitcoin blockchain can be updated without any single entity owning or operating the network.
Creation of New Bitcoin and Limits on Supply
The Bitcoin protocol limits the total number of bitcoins that can be generated over time to 21 million. As of [—], 2025, approximately 19.93 million bitcoins have been generated. New bitcoins are created and allocated by the Bitcoin protocol through a “mining” process that rewards users that validate transactions in the Bitcoin blockchain. Validated transactions are added in “blocks” approximately every 10 minutes. The mining process serves to validate transactions and secure the Bitcoin network. Mining is a competitive and costly operation that requires a large amount of computational power to solve complex mathematical algorithms. This expenditure of computing power is known as “proof of work.”
To incentivize miners to incur the costs of mining bitcoin, the Bitcoin protocol rewards miners that successfully validate a block of transactions with newly generated bitcoin. The current reward for miners that successfully validate a block of transactions is 3.125 bitcoin per mined block. The mining reward is reduced by half, which is referred to as a bitcoin halving, after every 210,000 blocks are mined. This has historically occurred approximately every four years. The most recent bitcoin halving occurred in April 2024, and the next bitcoin halving is expected to occur sometime in 2028.
Modifications to the Bitcoin Protocol
Bitcoin is an open-source network that has no central authority, so no one person can unilaterally make changes to the software that runs the network. However, there is a core group of developers that maintains the code for the Bitcoin protocol, and they can propose changes to the source code and release periodic updates and other changes. Unlike most software that has a central entity that can push updates to users, bitcoin is a peer-to-peer network in which individual
43
network participants, called nodes, decide whether to upgrade the software and accept the new changes. As a practical matter, a modification becomes part of the Bitcoin protocol only if the proposed changes are accepted by participants collectively having more than 50% of the processing power, known as hash rate, on the network. If a certain percentage of the nodes reject the changes, then a “fork” takes place, and participants can choose the version of the software they want to run.
Forms of Attack Against the Bitcoin Network and Wallets
Blockchain technology has many built-in security features that make it difficult for hackers and other malicious actors to corrupt the protocol or blockchain. However, as with any computer network, the Bitcoin network may be subject to certain attacks. Some forms of attack include unauthorized access to wallets that hold bitcoin and direct attacks, like “51% attacks” or “denial-of-service attacks” on the Bitcoin network.
Bitcoin is controllable only by the possessor of both the unique public key and private key(s) relating to the local or online digital wallet in which the bitcoin is held. Private keys used to access bitcoin balances are not widely distributed and are typically held on hardware (which can be physically controlled by the holder or by a third party such as a custodian) or via software programs on third-party servers. One form of obtaining unauthorized access to a wallet occurs following a phishing attack where the attacker deceives the victim and manipulates them into sharing their private keys for their digital wallet or other sensitive information. Other similar attacks may also result in the loss of private keys and the inability to access, and effective loss of, the corresponding bitcoin.
A “51% attack” may occur when a group of miners attain more than 50% of the Bitcoin network’s mining power, thereby enabling them to control the Bitcoin network and protocol and manipulate the blockchain. A “denial-of-service attack” occurs when legitimate users are unable to access information systems, devices, or other network resources due to the actions of a malicious actor flooding the network with traffic until the network is unable to respond or crashes. The Bitcoin network has been, and can be in the future, subject to denial-of-service attacks, which can result in temporary delays in block creation and in the transfer of bitcoin.
Bitcoin Industry Participants
The primary Bitcoin industry participants are miners, investors and traders, digital asset exchanges and service providers, including custodians, brokers, payment processors, wallet providers and financial institutions.
Miners. Miners range from bitcoin enthusiasts to professional mining operations that design and build dedicated mining machines and data centers, including mining pools, which are groups of miners that act cohesively and combine their processing power to mine bitcoin blocks. See “— Creation of New Bitcoin and Limits on Supply” above.
Investors and Traders. Bitcoin investors and traders include individuals and institutional investors who, directly or indirectly, purchase, hold, and sell bitcoin or bitcoin-based derivatives. On January 10, 2024, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued an order approving several applications for the listing and trading of shares of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) on U.S. national securities exchanges. While the SEC had previously approved exchange-traded funds where the underlying assets were bitcoin futures contracts, this order represented the first time the SEC approved the listing and trading of ETPs that acquire, hold and sell bitcoin directly. ETPs can be bought and sold on a stock exchange like traditional stocks, and provide investors with another means of gaining economic exposure to bitcoin through traditional brokerage accounts.
Digital Asset Exchanges. Digital asset exchanges provide trading venues for purchases and sales of bitcoin in exchange for fiat or other digital assets. Bitcoin can be exchanged for fiat currencies, such as the U.S. dollar, at rates of exchange determined by market forces on bitcoin trading platforms, which are not regulated in the same manner as traditional securities exchanges. In addition to these platforms, over-the-counter markets and derivatives markets for bitcoin also exist. The value of bitcoin within the market is determined, in part, by the supply of and demand for bitcoin in the global bitcoin market, market expectations for the adoption of bitcoin as a store of value, the number of merchants that accept bitcoin as a form of payment, and the volume of peer-to-peer transactions, among other factors.
Service providers. Service providers offer a multitude of services to other participants in the Bitcoin industry, including custodial and trade execution services, commercial and retail payment processing, wallet solutions and financial institutions. If adoption of the Bitcoin network continues to materially increase, we anticipate that service providers may expand the currently available range of services and that additional parties will enter the service sector for the Bitcoin network.
44
Other Digital Assets
As of the date of this Information Statement, bitcoin was the largest digital asset by market capitalization. However, numerous alternative digital assets exist, and many entities, including consortia and financial institutions, are actively researching and investing resources in blockchain platforms and digital assets that utilize consensus mechanisms other than proof-of-work mining, which is employed by the Bitcoin network. For example, in late 2022, the Ethereum network transitioned to a “proof-of-stake” mechanism for validating transactions that requires significantly less computing power than proof-of-work mining. Other alternative digital assets that compete with bitcoin in certain ways include “stablecoins,” which are designed to maintain a constant price because of their issuers’ promise to hold high-quality liquid assets (such as U.S. dollar deposits and short-term U.S. treasury securities) equal to the total value of stablecoins in circulation. Stablecoins have grown rapidly as an alternative to bitcoin and other digital assets as a medium of exchange and store of value, particularly on digital asset trading platforms. As of December 31, 2024, two of the eight largest digital assets by market capitalization were U.S. dollar-backed stablecoins.
Additionally, central banks in some countries have started to introduce digital forms of legal tender. For example, China’s central bank digital currency (“CBDC”) project was made available to consumers in January 2022, and governments including the United States and the European Union have discussed the potential creation of new CBDCs.
Our Market Opportunity for Institutional Bitcoin Treasury and DAT Solutions
The use of Bitcoin as a corporate treasury reserve asset has expanded as companies and institutions evaluate alternatives to traditional cash management strategies. While fiat currency and short-term government securities remain predominant, the emergence of U.S. spot Bitcoin exchange-traded funds and increasing recognition of Bitcoin as an investable asset class have contributed to broader institutional acceptance. A growing number of public and private companies, investment funds, and other institutional allocators have begun to evaluate or adopt Bitcoin reserves as a potential long-term store of value and as a component of diversified treasury strategies.
Despite these developments, adoption of Bitcoin for treasury purposes remains limited relative to the overall size of global corporate treasury balances. We believe this gap highlights a meaningful market opportunity for institutional-grade platforms that can provide compliant, transparent, and risk-managed infrastructure for Bitcoin treasury operations. Key needs we see in the market include secure custody with segregation and controls; governance frameworks aligned with public-company standards; accounting and reporting support; risk-managed yield programs; and integration into existing treasury workflows.
We believe there is an opportunity to differentiate by offering an integrated DAT solution that combines: (i) corporate Bitcoin treasury infrastructure designed for institutional policies and controls; (ii) AI-supported, risk-managed yield programs intended to produce programmatic returns on reserve assets; and (iii) a validator-enabled ecosystem that supports network participation and governance, with utility powered by our native token, $NILA. As institutional comfort and regulatory clarity continue to develop, we expect the use of Bitcoin in treasury management to expand, supported by demand for transparent, regulated, and operationally disciplined solutions.
In our view, market growth will be driven by several secular trends: increased institutional access to Bitcoin through regulated vehicles and service providers; enhancements in custody, compliance, and accounting standards; and the need for end-to-end platforms that allow corporate treasury teams to implement Bitcoin strategies without building bespoke infrastructure. Our platform is being developed to address these requirements by providing segregation, controls, monitoring, and reporting consistent with institutional expectations, along with programmatic yield and validator capabilities designed to complement a Bitcoin-centric reserve posture.
Our Products and Services
Our principal planned products and services focus on delivering an institutional Digital Asset Treasury (“DAT”) platform that enables corporations and institutions to hold, manage, and generate yield on Bitcoin reserves through a compliant, scalable infrastructure. We are in the development execution stage and are actively building the underlying architecture, governance, and partnerships necessary to support future commercialization.
45
Institutional DAT Platform
• Corporate Bitcoin treasury infrastructure. Segregated wallet architecture, permissions and controls, and reporting designed to align with institutional compliance frameworks and public-company balance sheet requirements.
• AI-supported yield programs. Risk-managed strategies intended to produce programmatic returns on Bitcoin reserves, with governance, monitoring, and risk limits tailored for institutional participants.
• Validator-enabled ecosystem. Network operations that support validator economics and governance across our interoperable platforms, with utility powered by our native token, $NILA.
• Compliance and risk management. Policies and tooling addressing AML/KYC, ongoing monitoring, collateral and reserve discipline where relevant to client programs, and real-time risk analytics.
• Advisory and enablement. Onboarding and operational support to help clients adopt institutional Bitcoin treasury standards, including segregation, reconciliation, and controls.
Treasury Reserve and Bitcoin Strategy
Our group maintains a Bitcoin-centric reserve posture that aligns with our DAT platform. This approach is intended to preserve purchasing power, provide continuous exposure to Bitcoin, and support our yield and validator infrastructure. From time to time, we may evaluate capital raising transactions to fund platform development, operations, and reserve strategy, subject to market conditions, risk management, regulatory considerations, and anticipated operating needs.
Custody and Execution Services
We intend to utilize regulated third-party custodians and institutional-grade wallet solutions for the safekeeping of any client assets onboarded to our platform, as well as our operating-subsidiary reserves. These providers are expected to support secure custody, segregation, and controls, and to offer affiliated execution services for Bitcoin acquisitions and dispositions consistent with institutional best practices.
Ecosystem Verticals Powered by $NILA
In addition to our core Digital Asset Treasury (“DAT”) platform, we operate interoperable verticals powered by our native token, $NILA, which enables governance, utility, and value flow across our ecosystem.
• ClimateTech (AQUAE Impact). One our ecosystems is a blockchain-powered sustainability engine intended to generate verifiable, insured environmental impact outcomes, including fractionalized credits linked to analog forest projects and other conservation efforts. The roadmap contemplates phases focused on expanding analog forest capacity, introducing water-conservation and biodiversity credits, and building a secondary market for the exchange of such credits.
• AdTech (Wave+). Another ecosystem is a micro-engagement platform to convert user attention into tokenized value for brand and mission-aligned campaigns. The platform is designed to support daily active engagement, with contemplated revenue streams from ad placements, partner campaigns, and conversion fees.
• InsurTech (Institutional Insurance Engine). We are designing an insurance framework to complement digital treasury strategies through surplus-capital-style models backed by strengthened, Bitcoin-centric balance sheets. The goal is to support treasury protection, parametric digital-asset coverage, and institutional insurance primitives that can be integrated with our DAT platform.
Validator Infrastructure
We intend to operate enterprise-grade validator nodes to support network participation, governance, and rewards within our ecosystem and for institutional clients. The validator stack is being developed with an emphasis on high availability, slashing prevention, hardware security (including HSM/TEE-based protections), governance controls, and policy-limited MEV/PBS participation. Anticipated revenue drivers include staking rewards, protocol incentives, enterprise validator service fees, and ecosystem transaction fees.
46
Revenue Model
Our contemplated revenue model includes multiple streams that align with institutional treasury adoption:
• Treasury Management Fees: Asset-under-management-based fees for corporate treasury wallets and related services.
• Performance and Program Fees: Participation in net returns from AI-supported yield programs, subject to institutional governance and risk policies.
• Validator Services and Protocol Incentives: Enterprise staking and validator service fees, protocol-derived incentives, and transaction-based revenues tied to ecosystem activity. Monetization associated with ClimateTech (e.g., fractionalized credits), AdTech (campaign and placement revenue), and InsurTech-related structures, where applicable.
Our Customers
We target enterprise clients that require institutional governance, custody segregation, and audit-ready reporting for Bitcoin treasury operations, including public and private corporate treasury teams, institutional investors and asset managers, financial institutions and intermediaries, and high-net-worth organizations with significant Bitcoin reserves. We aim to integrate into CFO, treasury, and risk committee workflows, including policy design, compliance and accounting support, and board-level reporting.
We have generated revenues and do not currently rely on any single customer for more than 10% of our revenues.
Our Market Positioning
We believe our market positioning is strengthened by the integration of our institutional Digital Asset Treasury (“DAT”) platform, segregated custody architecture, and Bitcoin-centric reserve posture. Our platform is designed to enable corporations and institutions to implement Bitcoin treasury operations with the governance, controls, and reporting expected by institutional stakeholders, while complementing those reserves with AI-supported, risk-managed yield programs and validator participation within our broader ecosystem.
Our Bitcoin holdings are maintained primarily as a treasury reserve asset intended to support our balance sheet and operational resilience. Our reserve posture reinforces our credibility with institutional clients by aligning our incentives with a Bitcoin-centric treasury strategy and by demonstrating disciplined custody, segregation, and control practices.
By maintaining a Bitcoin-centric reserve posture and building end-to-end DAT infrastructure, we aim to provide a comprehensive, compliant, and scalable pathway for institutions to adopt Bitcoin in treasury management. This integration of reserve management, custody controls, yield programs, and validator operations is intended to enhance risk management, support operational discipline, and provide a foundation for long-term value creation.
Our Competitive Strengths
Platform Governance and $NILA Utility
$NILA functions as a governance and utility token within our ecosystem, facilitating validator participation, program access, and value exchange across verticals. Governance processes are designed to be policy-driven and auditable, with the objective of aligning incentives among stakeholders while maintaining institutional controls. Within our validator framework, we intend to limit protocol participation to policy-permitted activities and to maintain risk controls, including stake diversification, slashing protection, and real-time monitoring.
We believe the following strengths position us to compete effectively in the emerging institutional Bitcoin treasury market:
• Institutional DAT stack. End-to-end infrastructure for corporate Bitcoin treasury operations, including secure wallet architecture, permissions and controls, reconciliation, and reporting aligned with institutional requirements.
47
• Segregated custody architecture. Use of institutional-grade wallet solutions and regulated third-party providers for safekeeping, with segregation and control frameworks designed to mitigate counterparty and operational risks.
• Bitcoin-centric reserve posture. A treasury strategy centered on Bitcoin reserves intended to preserve purchasing power, maintain continuous exposure, and support platform credibility with institutional clients.
• AI-supported yield programs. Risk-managed strategies intended to produce programmatic returns on reserve assets, governed by policies, monitoring, and limits consistent with institutional risk management.
• Validator-enabled ecosystem. Network participation that supports validator economics and governance across interoperable platforms, with utility powered by our native token, $NILA.
• Compliance and governance. Emphasis on AML/KYC, surveillance, and real-time risk monitoring, together with operational controls designed to align with institutional and public-company standards.
• Scalable partner network. Strategic relationships with custodians, wallet providers, financial institutions, and other service partners to support onboarding, execution, and operational scale.
• Operational discipline. A focus on segregation, transparency, and audit-ready processes to support institutional adoption and long-term sustainability.
We believe our integrated approach — combining corporate Bitcoin treasury infrastructure, AI-supported yield programs, validator operations, and interoperable verticals powered by $NILA — addresses key adoption barriers by offering a policy-driven, audit-ready, and scalable pathway for institutions. Our multi-vertical design is intended to enhance network effects and create diversified revenue opportunities aligned with institutional compliance and governance expectations.
Custody of Our Bitcoin
Our Bitcoin reserve is maintained within a segregated sub-wallet architecture created and administered by MindWave Ltd. for the benefit of our operating subsidiary, TechyTrade (Dubai). TechyTrade (Dubai) holds the private keys and retains full beneficial ownership and control of the segregated wallet(s). The 1,000 Bitcoin are identifiable, segregated, and held free and clear of any encumbrances. This structure is intended to mitigate counterparty exposure associated with omnibus custody while maintaining operational controls and traceability over our reserve assets.
We conduct diligence and ongoing oversight of our wallet architecture and related service providers, focusing on segregation, key-management controls, access permissions, and incident-response procedures. Our controls emphasize least-privilege access, multi-factor authentication, operational separation of duties, and audit trails for key interactions and movement authorizations. We supplement these controls with periodic independent attestations to verify the existence, segregation, and control of our Bitcoin holdings as of specified dates.
For any client assets that may be onboarded to our platform in the future, we expect to utilize regulated third-party custodians and institutional-grade wallet solutions, implemented within a segregation and control framework designed to meet institutional compliance requirements (including AML/KYC, monitoring, and reporting). We anticipate diversifying custody solutions as appropriate to support risk management and operational resilience, and we will evaluate additional custodial partners over time.
Where we engage third-party providers, we expect to conduct initial and periodic reviews of their security, operations, and controls, including — but not limited to — key-management practices, cold-storage policies, cybersecurity programs, business continuity and disaster recovery readiness, and the availability of third-party assurance reporting. We also seek contractual provisions addressing segregation of assets and clarifying that digital assets held for our benefit are not part of a custodian’s bankruptcy estate under applicable law.
We continuously monitor the safekeeping of our Bitcoin through internal controls, reconciliation, and external confirmations, and we will conduct supplemental diligence when warranted by market conditions or other circumstances.
48
Policy Framework and Risk Management
We are building our platform around policy-based governance intended to satisfy institutional requirements and auditor expectations. Core elements include board-approved asset allocation and transaction policies, segregation of duties, multi-step approval workflows, transaction screening, real-time solvency and exposure limits, and emergency protocol “kill-switches.” For yield programs, we intend to maintain leverage caps, counterparty concentration limits, daily reconciliations, and tail-risk hedging parameters. For validator operations, we emphasize uptime targets, redundancy, slashing prevention, and pre-defined MEV/PBS participation rules. We expect to produce periodic “audit packs,” including reconciliations and control attestations, for institutional users.
Potential Advantages and Disadvantages of Holding Bitcoin
We believe that bitcoin is an attractive asset because it can serve as a store of value, supported by a robust and public open-source architecture, that is untethered to sovereign monetary policy. We also believe that, due to its limited supply, bitcoin offers the potential to serve as a hedge against inflation in the long-term and, if its adoption increases, the opportunity for appreciation in value.
Bitcoin exists entirely in electronic form, as virtually irreversible public transaction ledger entries on the blockchain, and transactions in bitcoin are recorded and authenticated not by a central repository, but by a decentralized peer-to-peer network. This decentralization mitigates the risks of certain threats common to centralized computer networks, such as denial-of-service attacks, and reduces the dependency of the bitcoin network on any single system. The decentralization of user nodes and miners also mitigates the risk of a 51% attack, which would be very costly and difficult to execute with respect to bitcoin because the Bitcoin network is open source and widely distributed, and transactions on the blockchain require significant computing power to be validated. However, while the Bitcoin network as a whole is decentralized, the private keys used to access bitcoin balances are not widely distributed and are susceptible to phishing and other attacks designed to obtain sensitive information or gain access to password-protected systems. Loss of such private keys can result in an inability to access, and effective loss of, the corresponding bitcoin. Consequently, bitcoin holdings are susceptible to all of the risks inherent in holding any electronic data, such as power failure, data corruption, security breach, communication failure and user error, among others. These risks, in turn, make bitcoin substantially more susceptible to theft, destruction, or loss of value from hackers, corruption, viruses and other technology-specific factors as compared to conventional fiat currency or other conventional financial assets.
In addition, the Bitcoin network relies on open-source developers to maintain and improve the Bitcoin protocol. Accordingly, bitcoin may be subject to protocol design changes, governance disputes such as “forked” protocols, competing protocols, and other open source-specific risks that do not affect conventional proprietary software.
Government Regulation
The laws and regulations applicable to bitcoin and digital assets are evolving and subject to interpretation and change.
Governments around the world have reacted differently to digital assets; certain governments have deemed them illegal, and others have allowed their use and trade without restriction, while in some jurisdictions, such as the U.S., digital assets are subject to overlapping, uncertain and evolving regulatory requirements.
As digital assets have grown in both popularity and market size, the U.S. Executive Branch, Congress and a number of U.S. federal and state agencies, including the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and state financial regulators, have been examining the operations of digital asset networks, digital asset users and digital asset exchanges, with particular focus on the extent to which digital assets can be used to violate state or federal laws, including to facilitate the laundering of proceeds of illegal activities or the funding of criminal or terrorist enterprises, and the safety and soundness and consumer-protective safeguards of exchanges or other service-providers that hold, transfer, trade or exchange digital assets for users. Many of these state and federal agencies have issued consumer advisories regarding the risks posed by digital assets to investors. In addition, federal and state agencies, and other countries have issued rules or guidance regarding the treatment of digital asset transactions and requirements for businesses engaged in activities related to digital assets.
49
Depending on the regulatory characterization of bitcoin, the markets for bitcoin in general, and our activities in particular, our business and our bitcoin strategy may be subject to regulation by one or more regulators in the United States and globally. Ongoing and future regulatory actions may alter, to a materially adverse extent, the nature of digital assets markets, the participation of industry participants, including service providers and financial institutions in these markets, and our ability to pursue our bitcoin strategy. Additionally, U.S. state and federal and foreign regulators and legislatures have taken action against industry participants, including digital assets businesses, and enacted restrictive regimes in response to adverse publicity arising from hacks, consumer harm, or criminal activity stemming from digital assets activity. U.S. federal and state energy regulatory authorities are also monitoring the total electricity consumption of cryptocurrency mining, and the potential impacts of cryptocurrency mining to the supply and dispatch functionality of the wholesale grid and retail distribution systems. Many state legislative bodies have passed, or are actively considering, legislation to address the impact of cryptocurrency mining in their respective states.
The CFTC takes the position that some digital assets, including bitcoin, fall within the definition of a “commodity” under the Commodities Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (the “CEA”). Under the CEA, the CFTC has broad enforcement authority to police market manipulation and fraud in spot digital assets markets in which we may transact. Beyond instances of fraud or manipulation, the CFTC generally does not oversee cash or spot market exchanges or transactions involving digital asset commodities that do not utilize margin, leverage, or financing. In addition, CFTC regulations and CFTC oversight and enforcement authority apply with respect to futures, swaps, other derivative products and certain retail leveraged commodity transactions involving digital asset commodities, including the markets on which these products trade.
The SEC and its staff have taken the position that certain other digital assets fall within the definition of a “security” under the U.S. federal securities laws. Public statements made by senior officials and senior members of the staff at the SEC indicate that the SEC does not consider bitcoin to be a security under the federal securities laws. However, such statements are not official policy statements by the SEC and reflect only the speakers’ views, which are not binding on the SEC or any other agency or court and cannot be generalized to any other digital assets. In addition, since transactions in bitcoin provide a degree of anonymity, they are susceptible to misuse for criminal activities, such as money laundering. This misuse, or the perception of such misuse, could lead to greater regulatory oversight of bitcoin and Bitcoin platforms, and there is the possibility that law enforcement agencies could close or blacklist bitcoin platforms or other bitcoin-related infrastructure with little or no notice and prevent users from accessing or retrieving bitcoin held via such platforms or infrastructure. For example, the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control has issued updated advisories regarding the use of virtual currencies, added a number of digital asset exchanges and service providers to the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list and engaged in several enforcement actions, including a series of enforcement actions that have either shut down or significantly curtailed the operations of several smaller digital asset exchanges associated with Russian and/or North Korean nationals. Additionally, in January 2025, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau announced that it is seeking public input on privacy protections and surveillance in digital payments, particularly those offered through large technology platforms.
As noted above, activities involving bitcoin and other digital assets may fall within the jurisdiction of more than one financial regulator and various courts and such laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and increasing in scope. On January 23, 2025, President Trump issued an executive order titled, Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology. While the executive order did not mandate the adoption of any specific regulations, the executive order identifies certain key objectives to guide agencies involved in crypto regulation, including (i) protecting the sovereignty of the United States dollar by promoting the development of United States dollar-backed stablecoins, (ii) providing regulatory clarity and certainty built on technology-neutral regulations for individuals and firms involved in digital assets, including through well-defined jurisdictional regulatory boundaries, and (iii) taking measures to protect Americans from the risks of Central Bank Digital Currencies. To achieve these objectives, the executive order established a working group on digital asset markets within the National Economic Council, comprised of representatives from key federal agencies, with a tight timeline for examining existing regulations and proposing a new regulatory framework. There have also been several bills introduced in Congress that propose to establish additional regulation and oversight of the digital asset markets.
Aspects of our business involve collecting, processing, disclosing, storing, and transmitting personal data, which are subject to certain privacy policies, contractual obligations, and U.S. and foreign laws, regulations, and directives relating to privacy and data protection.
50
There are a broad variety of other data protection laws in the United States that are or may be applicable to our activities, and a wide range of enforcement agencies at both the state and federal levels that can review companies for privacy and data security concerns based on general consumer protection laws. The Federal Trade Commission and state Attorneys General all are aggressive in reviewing privacy and data security protections for consumers. New laws also are being considered at both the state and federal levels. A broad range of legislative measures also have been introduced at the federal level. Accordingly, failure to comply with federal and state laws (both those currently in effect and future legislation) regarding privacy and security of personal information could expose us to fines and penalties under such laws. In the event of a security breach, we also may have obligations to notify our customers or other parties or individuals about this breach, and this can lead to significant costs and the risk of potential enforcement and/or litigation. There is also a threat of consumer class actions related to these laws and the overall protection of personal data. Even if we are not determined to have violated these laws, government investigations into these issues typically require the expenditure of significant resources and generate negative publicity, which could harm our reputation and our business.
There are similar laws in other countries, including the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the European Union which imposes requirements regarding the handling and security of personal data, requires disclosure of data breaches to individuals, customers, and data protection authorities in certain circumstances, requires companies to honor data subjects’ requests relating to their personal data, permits regulators to impose fines of up to €20,000,000 or 4% of global annual revenue, whichever is higher, and establishes a private right of action.
In addition to these specific laws, we also are subject to other privacy, security, and data protection laws around the world. In addition to the laws in place already, other countries are also considering new or expanded laws governing privacy and data security that may impact our business practices. These laws may impact our ongoing business activities and our relationships with our business partners, customers and service providers.
Furthermore, the U.S. Congress is considering comprehensive privacy legislation. At this time, it is unclear whether Congress will pass such a law and if so, when and what it will require and prohibit. Moreover, it is not clear whether any such legislation would give the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) any new authority to impose civil penalties for violations of the Federal Trade Commission Act in the first instance, whether Congress will grant the FTC rulemaking authority over privacy and information security, or whether Congress will vest some or all privacy and data security regulatory authority and enforcement power in a new agency, akin to EU data protection authorities.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing strategy is designed to expand awareness of our institutional DAT platform, build credibility with corporate treasury teams and institutional allocators, and drive adoption of our offerings across target enterprise markets. Key elements include strategic partnerships, targeted distribution through enterprise sales and channels, and education-led marketing that emphasizes governance, compliance, and risk management.
Strategic Partnerships
We intend to rely on strategic relationships with regulated custodians, institutional-grade wallet providers, financial institutions, accounting and audit advisors, and other digital-asset service providers to support our treasury operations and client enablement. Because we are not directly licensed to provide custody, execution, or intermediation services, we expect these partners to supply the necessary regulatory infrastructure and, in certain cases, act as distribution channels. These relationships are expected to support secure custody, segregation and control frameworks, execution services for Bitcoin acquisitions and dispositions, validator operations, and programmatic risk management. We also expect to collaborate with placement agents and traditional financial institutions to broaden institutional reach and facilitate client onboarding. We will continue to evaluate additional partnerships with enterprise software integrators, cloud and security vendors, and protocol-level partners to enhance scale, resilience, and interoperability.
Distribution Methods
We plan to distribute our DAT solutions directly to enterprise clients through internal business development and relationship management teams focused on corporate treasuries, institutions, and financial intermediaries. In addition, we expect to leverage partnerships with custodians, wallet providers, and financial institutions to support client acquisition, onboarding, and ongoing operations. Over time, we anticipate supplementing these channels
51
with participation in industry conferences and education-led initiatives, including research and thought-leadership publications tailored for CFOs, treasury leaders, boards, and risk committees. We do not expect to rely on mass-market retail marketing programs.
Marketing
We intend to emphasize education, transparency, and strategic engagement aligned with institutional standards. We expect to target the following principal audiences:
• Corporate treasury managers and CFO organizations seeking to integrate Bitcoin into reserve strategies with institutional governance, controls, and reporting.
• Institutional investors and asset managers, including hedge funds and family offices, seeking institutional-grade custody, risk-managed yield programs, and validator-enabled capabilities.
• Financial institutions and intermediaries evaluating Bitcoin treasury offerings for their clients and seeking compliant, scalable infrastructure.
• High-net-worth individuals with significant Bitcoin holdings who require institutional-grade custody, governance, and programmatic operations.
Our marketing strategy is expected to combine targeted enterprise outreach, channel partnerships, and education-driven content intended to promote responsible adoption of institutional Bitcoin treasury practices while reinforcing MindWave’s commitment to compliance, governance, and long-term value creation.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of proprietary software, trade secrets, and contractual protections to develop and operate our DAT platform, including components related to wallet orchestration, segregation and controls, risk analytics, AI-supported yield programs, and validator operations. We also rely on confidentiality and invention-assignment agreements with employees, contractors, and partners. From time to time, we may pursue trademark protection for brand names and logos associated with our products and ecosystem (including, for example, MindWave and $NILA), and we will evaluate additional intellectual property protections as our platform develops and markets evolve.
Seasonality
Our business is not subject to material seasonal variations. However, our results of operations may be affected by fluctuations in the market price of bitcoin and by the timing of capital raising activities, which may not occur evenly throughout the year.
Employees
As of [January 11], 2026, we had a total of [09] employees, [0] of whom are based in the United States. [0] of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and generally consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, or regulatory matters arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this registration statement, we [are/not] a party to any material pending legal proceedings, nor are we aware of any such proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities.
Facilities
[—]
Available Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 60 Paya Lebar Road #04-23, Singapore 409051. Our website is located at www.mindwavedao.com.
52
MINDWAVE INNOVATIONS INC’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
References in this section to “we,” “us” or the “Company” refer to MindWave Innovations Inc. References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions upon which we rely are reasonable based upon information available to us at the time that these estimates, judgments and assumptions are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Our consolidated financial statements would be affected to the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. There are also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
Overview
MindWave Innovations Inc. is an early-stage digital asset and technology company focused on providing institutional digital asset treasury (“DAT”) solutions. Our strategy centers on compliant bitcoin treasury infrastructure, AI-driven yield capabilities, ClimateTech impact systems, and AdTech engagement platforms, supported by a blockchain-enabled ecosystem utilizing our native token, $NILA.
Mindwave Innovations Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 10, 2025 to become the ultimate holding company of TechyTrade FZ-LLC, a company incorporated in United Arab Emirates, and TechyTrade Innovations Pte. Ltd, a company incorporated in Singapore. TechyTrade Innovations Pte. Ltd. (“TechyTrade Singapore”) was incorporated in Singapore on September 8, 2025. TechyTrade FZ-LLC was originally a company incorporated in United Arab Emirates on December 27, 2020 and is the entity that maintains historical operations of the Company.
The Company is a leading provider of institutional Digital Asset Treasury (DAT) solutions, specializing in compliant Bitcoin treasury infrastructure, AI-driven yield capabilities, ClimateTech impact systems, and AdTech engagement platforms. The company’s multi-vertical ecosystem is powered by its native token, $NILA, which enables governance, utility, and value flow across its blockchain-integrated operations.
MindWave is a global leader in AI-driven Bitcoin and yield-generation technologies, operating in one of the fastest-growing segments of the digital-asset market. Bitcoin remains the most established and highly valued cryptocurrency, and MindWave’s platform is designed to help institutions securely hold, manage, and generate yield from Bitcoin reserves.
MindWave’s three-pronged strategic framework includes:
1. Secure Digital Treasury Wallets for Corporations,
2. AI-Enhanced Bitcoin Yield Generation, and
3. A Validator-Powered Ecosystem supported by the $NILA Token. Together, these capabilities make
MindWave one of the first companies to pursue a publicly traded, institutional-focused Digital Asset Treasury (DAT) model.
Reorganization
Prior to the reorganization transaction described below, TechyTrade FZ-LLC maintained historical operarations of the Company since its formation in 2020. In September 2025, TechyTrade FZ-LLC ebcame a wholly owned subsidiary of TechyTrade Innovations Pte. Ltd.
53
On November 10, 2025, Mindwave Innovations Inc. entered into a Reorganization Agreement and Plan of Share Exchange to consolidate its corporate structure. Under this agreement, the Company issued 1,001 shares of its common stock in exchange for 100% of the membership interests in TechyTrade FZ-LLC, which was previously held by TechyTrade Singapore. As a result of this transaction, TechyTrade FZ-LLC became a wholly owned subsidiary of Mindwave Innovations Inc., establishing the Company as the ultimate holding entity for the group.
The Reorganization is being accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. The accompanying financial statements have been presented to retroactively present the effect of the Reorganization. See Note 3 for further detail.
Merger with Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
On December 1, 2025, MindWave Innovations Inc. (the “Company”) completed a strategic business combination pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) among the Company, Apimeds Merger Sub, Inc., Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. (“Apimeds”), and other parties thereto. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, Apimeds Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into Apimeds, with Apimeds surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The merger became effective upon the filing of a certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the closing occurred simultaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement.
At the effective time of the merger, all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock were converted into the right to receive merger consideration consisting of shares of the Company’s preferred stock and a limited number of shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to applicable caps. On an as-converted and fully diluted basis, the former stockholders of the Company collectively own approximately 90.9% of the outstanding equity securities of the combined company immediately following the closing. As a result of the merger, Apimeds’ assets, liabilities, and operations are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the transaction resulted in a significant change in the Company’s capital structure and ownership.
The merger was undertaken to combine the Company’s digital asset treasury and technology platform with Apimeds’ clinical-stage biopharmaceutical operations. Management believes the transaction provides an expanded corporate platform; however, the Company’s future results will depend on the successful integration of the businesses, the execution of its revised business strategy, and the availability of additional capital. Additional information regarding the Merger Agreement and the related transactions is included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2025.
Convertible Note Financing
In connection with the closing of the merger, on December 1, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor providing for the issuance of senior unsecured convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $120.9 million over a 24-month commitment period. At the initial closing, $10.9 million of principal amount was made available to the Company, with additional amounts subject to the effectiveness of a resale registration statement and the investor’s election to fund additional tranches.
The notes bear no interest absent an event of default and mature 12 months from issuance at 100% of face value. The notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at a variable conversion price based on a discount to recent trading prices, subject to monthly conversion limitations. The Company is required to obtain stockholder approval for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the notes and has entered into voting agreements with certain officers, directors, and stockholders in support of such approval. The financing includes customary covenants and registration rights, and failure to meet certain registration effectiveness deadlines may result in liquidated damages.
The Company expects to use the net proceeds from the note financing to fund post-merger operations, integration activities, working capital, and general corporate purposes. Additional information regarding the Securities Purchase Agreement and related amendments is disclosed in the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2025 and December 10, 2025.
54
Bitcoin Treasury Strategy and Accounting Treatment
Digital assets are considered intangible assets under Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 350-60, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Crypto Assets (“ASC 350-60”) and Accounting Standards Update 2023-08. Under ASC 350-60, digital assets that meet the definition of intangible assets, among other criteria, are initially recorded at cost and are then subsequently remeasured at fair value, as of the balance sheet date with changes from remeasurement recognized in net income. The fair value for digital assets that are unrestricted (“liquid”) and freely tradable are determined using Level 1 inputs as defined in ASC 820. Conversely, fair value for digital assets that are restricted (“locked”) due to vesting schedules or contractual restrictions are determined based on Level 1 inputs adjusted for the impact of such restrictions based on Level 2 inputs, in accordance with ASC 820. We account for changes from remeasurement within (gain) loss from changes in fair value of digital assets, as stated on our consolidated statements of operations.
Digital assets that we hold that do not meet the criteria under ASC 350-60 are accounted for as intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and are initially recorded at cost and are not amortized but instead are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. As such, these digital assets are reflected in our balance sheets, at cost net of any impairments within Digital assets, at carrying value. We evaluate impairments on these digital assets on at least an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances occur and use Level 1 inputs, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets, for the fair value to determine if an impairment has occurred. If unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for our digital assets are lower than the carrying value recorded, then we will record an impairment charge equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value. Impairment charges are recognized within (Gain) loss on changes in fair value of digital assets, as stated on our consolidated statements of operations.
When we receive digital assets earned on third party staking platforms, we will initially record them at fair value on the date the digital assets are received. Upon the disposal of digital assets, any gains or losses are recognized in realized gain on sale of digital assets, as stated on our consolidated statements of operations, and are calculated as the difference between the selling price and our carrying value, using the specific identification method. See Note 6 — Digital Assets for further discussion.
Market-making Activities
The Company accounts for its market-making activities in accordance with ASC 350-60, Crypto Assets. Digital assets are measured at fair value at each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized in operating income. The Company classifies these assets as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy per ASC 820, utilizing unadjusted quoted prices from the Lbank exchange.
In accordance with ASC 350-60-45-1, realized gains and losses from trading are presented as trading (gains) losses, net within operating income.
Components of Operating Results
Revenue
We earn revenue from consulting services to customers.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenue includes direct costs and costs related to marketing and technical consultancy.
Operating Expenses
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of administrative costs and marketing and promotional expenses related to digital assets. Pursuant to a service agreement (see Note 10), the Company receives legal, administrative support, compliance (KYC/AML), reporting and security services for the underlying NILA tokens. These costs are expensed as incurred.
55
Distribution and Commission
Distribution and commission expenses primarily consist of deduction and payment of 44% of gross token sale proceeds as commission to the Distributor. Pursuant to a service agreement (see Note 10), the Distributor is committed to exclusive sales and collection of NILA tokens. These costs are expensed as incurred.
Realized (gain) loss on sale of digital assets
Upon the disposal of digital assets, any gains or losses are recognized in realized gain on sale of digital assets, as stated on our consolidated statements of operations, and are calculated as the difference between the selling price and our carrying value, using the specific identification method. See Note 6 — Digital Assets for further discussion.
Unrealized (gain) loss from changes in fair value of digital assets
We account for changes from remeasurement within (gain) loss from changes in fair value of digital assets, as stated on our consolidated statements of operations.
Results of Operations
Comparison of Six Months Ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, both in dollars and as a percentage of change.
|
Six Months Ended |
Change |
Percent |
|||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
||||||||||||||
|
Revenues |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
0 |
% |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Operating expense (income): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
General and administrative |
|
3,371,133 |
|
|
2,273,557 |
|
|
1,097,576 |
|
48 |
% |
||||
|
Distribution and commission expenses |
|
4,634,172 |
|
|
3,261,257 |
|
|
1,372,915 |
|
42 |
% |
||||
|
Trading gains, net |
|
(3,300 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(3,300 |
) |
100 |
% |
||||
|
Realized gain on sale of digital assets |
|
(10,479,790 |
) |
|
(7,333,122 |
) |
|
(3,146,668 |
) |
43 |
% |
||||
|
Unrealized gain from changes in fair value of digital assets |
|
9,066,549 |
|
|
(56,026,550 |
) |
|
65,093,099 |
|
-116 |
% |
||||
|
Total operating expense (income) |
|
6,588,764 |
|
|
(57,824,858 |
) |
|
64,413,622 |
|
-111 |
% |
||||
|
(Loss) income from operations |
|
(6,588,764 |
) |
|
57,824,858 |
|
|
(64,413,622 |
) |
-111 |
% |
||||
|
Net (loss) income |
$ |
(6,588,764 |
) |
$ |
57,824,858 |
|
$ |
(64,413,622 |
) |
-111 |
% |
||||
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased by $1,097,576 for the six months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the same period in the prior year. This variance was primarily driven by an escalation in transactional and related costs incurred in connection with the Company’s strategic sale of digital assets. These expenses are directly correlated with the volume and frequency of digital asset liquidations executed to meet the Company’s operational and liquidity objectives during the reporting period.
Distribution and Commission Expenses
Distribution and commission expenses experienced a significant upward adjustment, increasing by $1,372,915 for the six months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. This variance was primarily driven by an escalation in transactional and related costs incurred in connection with the Company’s strategic sale of digital assets. These expenses are directly correlated with the volume and frequency of digital asset liquidations executed to meet the Company’s operational and liquidity objectives during the reporting period.
56
Trading Gains, Net
Net trading gains from trading in market making income during the six months ended September 30, 2025 was $3,300.
Net (Loss) Income
Net loss was $6,588,764 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 as compared to net income of $57,824,858, a decrease of $64,413,622. The decrease was primarily due to lower unrealized gain from changes in fair value of digital assets in 2025 as compared to the prior period.
Comparison of Years Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, both in dollars and as a percentage of change.
|
Year Ended |
Change |
Percent |
||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
|
Revenue |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
621,169 |
$ |
(621,169 |
) |
-100 |
% |
||||
|
Cost of revenue |
|
— |
|
|
83,895 |
|
(83,895 |
) |
-100 |
% |
||||
|
Gross profit |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
537,274 |
$ |
(537,274 |
) |
-100 |
% |
||||
|
Operating (income) expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
General and administrative |
|
2,674,157 |
|
|
111,348 |
|
2,562,809 |
|
2302 |
% |
||||
|
Distribution and commission expenses |
|
3,718,158 |
|
|
— |
|
3,718,158 |
|
100 |
% |
||||
|
Realized gain on sale of digital assets |
|
(8,360,488 |
) |
|
— |
|
(8,360,488 |
) |
100 |
% |
||||
|
Unrealized gain from changes in fair value of digital assets |
|
(53,930,184 |
) |
|
— |
|
(53,930,184 |
) |
100 |
% |
||||
|
Total operating (income) expense |
|
(55,898,357 |
) |
|
111,348 |
|
(56,009,705 |
) |
-50302 |
% |
||||
|
Income from operations |
|
55,898,357 |
|
|
425,927 |
|
55,472,430 |
|
13024 |
% |
||||
|
Other income (expense): |
|
— |
|
|
32,007 |
|
(32,007 |
) |
-100 |
% |
||||
|
Net income |
$ |
55,898,357 |
|
$ |
457,933 |
$ |
55,440,424 |
|
12107 |
% |
||||
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased by $2,562,809 for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to the same period in the prior year. This variance was primarily driven by an escalation in transactional and related costs incurred in connection with the Company’s strategic sale of digital assets. These expenses are directly correlated with the volume and frequency of digital asset liquidations executed to meet the Company’s operational and liquidity objectives during the reporting period.
Distribution and Commission Expenses
Distribution and commission expenses experienced a significant upward adjustment, increasing by $3,718,158 for the year ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. This variance was primarily driven by an escalation in transactional and related costs incurred in connection with the Company’s strategic sale of digital assets. These expenses are directly correlated with the volume and frequency of digital asset liquidations executed to meet the Company’s operational and liquidity objectives during the reporting period.
Net Income
Net income was $55,898,357 for the year ended March 31, 2025 as compared to net income of $457,933, an increase of $55,440,424. The increase was primarily due to realized gain on sale of digital assets and unrealized gain from changes in fair value of digital assets in 2025 as compared to the prior year.
57
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our ability to meet future liquidity needs depends on several factors, including the market value of our bitcoin holdings, our ability to access equity and debt financing on acceptable terms, and our operating cash requirements. Because bitcoin does not generate cash flows, we may be required to sell bitcoin, pledge bitcoin as collateral, or raise additional capital to fund operations, service debt obligations, or pursue strategic initiatives. Any such actions could expose us to market volatility, dilution, or unfavourable financing terms.
Management believes that existing liquidity, together with anticipated access to capital markets, will be sufficient to fund operations for at least the next twelve months. However, adverse market conditions, declines in bitcoin prices, regulatory developments, or unexpected expenses could materially impact our liquidity position.
Cash Flows
Six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
The following is a summary of the Company’s cash flows provided (used in) operating and investing activities:
|
Six Months Ended |
||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
$ |
(8,004,479 |
) |
$ |
(5,534,672 |
) |
||
|
Net cash provided by investing activities |
$ |
8,004,479 |
|
$ |
5,534,671 |
|
||
|
Net change in cash |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(1 |
) |
||
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
Cash used in operating activities was $8,004,479 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 as compared to $5,534,672 for the six months ended September 30, 2024. Cash used during the six months ended September 30, 2025 was primarily due to our net loss of $6,588,764, non-cash charges of $1,412,415 and cash used in operating assets and liabilities of $3,300. Cash used during the six months ended September 30, 2024 was primarily due to our net income of $57,824,858, offset by non-cash charges of $63,359,530.
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $8,004,479 and $5,534,671 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Investing activities in 2025 were primarily due to sale of digital assets of $10,532,210, partially offset by purchase of digital assets of $2,527,730. Investing activities in 2024 were primarily due to sale of digital assets of $7,394,745, offset by purchase of digital assets of $1,860,073.
The following is a summary of the Company’s cash flows provided (used in) operating, investing and financing activities:
|
Year Ended |
||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
$ |
(6,392,032 |
) |
$ |
422,779 |
|
||
|
Net cash provided by investing activities |
$ |
6,392,031 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
Net cash used in financing activities |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(423,254 |
) |
||
|
Net change in cash |
$ |
(1 |
) |
$ |
(475 |
) |
||
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(6,392,032) for the year ended March 31, 2025 as compared to $422,779 for the year ended March 31, 2024. Cash used during the year ended March 31, 2025 was primarily due to our net income of $55,898,357, offset by non-cash charges of $62,290,389. Cash used during the year ended March 31, 2024 was primarily due to our net income of $457,933, partially offset by non-cash charges of $31,724 and cash used in operating assets and liabilities of $3,431.
58
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $6,392,031 and $0 for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Investing activities in 2025 were primarily due to sale of digital assets of $8,435,804, offset by purchase of digital assets of $2,043,773.
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities was $423,254 for the year ended March 31, 2024. Which was primarily due to repayment of a related party loan.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
We believe our most critical accounting policies and estimates relate to the following:
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from services in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when or as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the promised services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps as prescribed by ASC 606:
(i) identify the contract(s) with a customer;
(ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract;
(iii) determine the transaction price;
(iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
(v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies performance obligations.
The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect substantially all the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. Once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract, the performance obligations in each contract and whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company has applied ASC 606 on a portfolio basis. The Company has elected the practical expedients, allowing the recognition of incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred, and not adjust the transaction price for the effects of a significant financing component if, at contract inception, the period between customer payment and the transfer of goods or services is expected to be one year or less.
59
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
A description of recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under SEC rules.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market Risk
The Company is exposed to market risk related to the digital asset holdings, which are impacted by the market value of the respective underlying digital asset. The Company performed a sensitivity analysis assuming a hypothetical 10% change in the fair value of these digital assets to demonstrate the potential impact on the financial results. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in market prices would have positively or negatively impacted Income (loss) before income taxes by approximately $13.2 million for the six months ended September 30, 2025.
Interest Rate Risk
Our cash consists of cash in readily available checking accounts. We may also invest in short-term money market fund investments. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk, however, historical fluctuations in interest income have not been significant.
Inflation Risk
Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost. We do not believe inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations during the periods presented.
60
Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Needs
We are in the early stages of clinical development for our product candidate Apitox, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.
To date, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to performing research and development, undertaking preclinical and clinical studies and enabling manufacturing activities in support of our product development efforts, hiring personnel, acquiring and developing our technology, performing business planning, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and raising capital to support and expand such activities. As an organization, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization or arrange for a third party to conduct these activities on our behalf. Consequently, any predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.
Our current portfolio includes one product candidate, and we do not expect to generate revenue from our product candidate in the near future. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives, including with respect to our clinical candidate. We are transitioning from an early stage research and development company to late stage development company, with a focus on delivering Phase III clinical data establishing Apitox as a viable commercial candidate. We may not be successful in this transition.
We have incurred significant net losses since inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial net losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve profitability.
We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company that was formed on May 11, 2020. Investment in clinical stage companies is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidates will not gain regulatory approval or become commercially viable. We have not generated any revenue from product sales. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since inception. Our net losses were $1,389,990 and $777,694 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of September 30, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $9,237,769.
We expect to continue to spend significant resources to fund research and development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidate. We expect to incur substantial and increasing operating losses over the next several years. As a result, our accumulated deficit will also increase significantly. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. We may never be profitable and, if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.
We will require substantial additional funding to finance our operations. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or terminate certain of our development programs or other operations.
As of September 30, 2025, we had cash of $6,986,617. We believe that the funds from the Note Financing, together with our existing cash as of the date of this Information Statement, will fund our current operating plans through at least the next 12 months from the date of this Information Statement. However, our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. We expect to finance our cash needs through public or private equity or debt financings, third-party (including government) funding and marketing and distribution arrangements, as well as other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or any combination of these approaches. Our ability to raise additional capital may be
61
adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to and volatility in the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide, including the trading price of common stock. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
• the timing, scope, progress, results and costs of research and development, testing, screening, manufacturing, preclinical development and clinical trials;
• the outcome, timing and cost of seeking and obtaining regulatory approvals from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA;
• our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;
• any product liability or other lawsuits related to our products;
• the expenses needed to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;
• the identification and pursuit of additional clinical or regulatory opportunities;
• the costs to establish, maintain, expand, enforce and defend the scope of our intellectual property portfolio, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with licensing, preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing of any patents or other intellectual property rights; and
• the costs of operating as a public company.
Our ability to raise additional funds will depend on financial, economic and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. We have no committed source of additional capital and if we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development of our product candidate or other research and development initiatives. Our license agreements may also be terminated if we are unable to meet the payment obligations or milestones under the agreements. We could be required to seek collaborators for our product candidate at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available or relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to our products in markets where we otherwise would seek to pursue development ourselves.
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including the Investor, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to one or more of our technologies.
We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, intellectual property, future revenue streams, research programs or current or future product candidates or grant licenses on terms unfavorable to us and our stockholders.
The report of our independent registered public accounting firm included a “going concern” explanatory paragraph.
The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 included an explanatory paragraph indicating that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when needed, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected, and we may be forced to delay our development efforts, limit our activities and reduce research and development costs.
62
If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets, and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph by our independent registered public accounting firm, our lack of cash resources and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our share price and our ability to raise new capital, enter into licensing and collaboration arrangements or other contractual relationships with third parties and otherwise execute our development strategy.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and the failure to remediate these material weaknesses may adversely affect our business, investor confidence in our company, our financial results and the market value of our common stock.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2025, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2025 (the “Quarterly Report”), our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO Framework). Management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, the Company does not currently have sufficiently documented procedures or control activities in place to support a reliable financial reporting process. This includes an absence of controls over the review and approval of journal entries, segregation of duties, reconciliations, and other fundamental accounting processes.
The material weakness did not result in any material misstatements to the Company’s financial statements, and management has concluded that the Company’s financial statements and other financial information included in its Quarterly Report fairly and accurately present the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods in accordance with GAAP.
We have begun exploring remedial efforts to address the underlying causes of the material weaknesses. There can be no assurance that any remedial efforts we take, if any, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting or prevent future material weaknesses or control deficiencies from occurring.
If the Company fails to remediate the material weaknesses or any future deficiencies, or fails to otherwise maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, that could result in a restatement of the Company’s financial statements for prior periods, a decline in the market value of the Company’s common stock, one or more investigations or enforcement actions by state or federal regulatory agencies, stockholder lawsuits, or other adverse actions requiring the Company to incur defense costs or pay fines, settlements, or judgments.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our business is substantially dependent on our relationships with our principal stockholder, Apimeds Korea. The loss of this relationship would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are dependent on a license from our principal stockholder, Apimeds Korea, to continue our clinical trials and development of Apitox. We have entered into a license agreement with Apimeds Korea to obtain exclusive rights in the United States to the principal trade secrets, know-how and data relating to Apitox. If we default or fail to perform any of our obligations under this agreement, Apimeds Korea may terminate the agreement, subject to advance notice to cure such default. Any termination of this license agreement would have a materially adverse impact on our business and prospects.
There may be conflicts of interest amongst our directors and officers and Apimeds Korea.
Conflicts may arise between our directors and officers and Apimeds Korea, as some of our directors and officers hold positions with both companies. Mr. Jakap Koo, one of our directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of and President of Apimeds Korea and of Apimeds Korea’s parent company, Inscobee Inc. These conflicts could discourage the parties from working collaboratively and our commercial success will be dependent, in part, upon the performance of our management.
63
Although such officers and directors are aware of their duties and accountability to our Company and to applicable laws and policies relating to corporate opportunity and conflicts of interest, such conflicts of interest may include deciding how much time to devote to our affairs, as well as what business opportunities should be presented to us. Additionally, any dispute that may arise between us and Apimeds Korea may make it more difficult to favorably resolve such disputes.
The Company is reliant on its key supplier.
We contract directly with a United States company for the supply of dried bee venom and have exclusivity in the field of pharmaceutical use, which does not include using venom for immunology, cosmetic or any other non-pharmaceutical use, for a period of ten years from November 3, 2021. The exclusivity exception is for sales of bee venom to Apimeds Korea for use outside the United States. The agreement may be terminated upon mutual written consent of both parties. Termination of this agreement, variations in their terms or the failure of our key supplier to comply with its obligations under its agreement (including if our key supplier were to become insolvent) could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial results and on your investment.
As an organization, we have limited experience designing and implementing clinical trials, and we have never conducted pivotal clinical trials. Failure to adequately design a trial, or incorrect assumptions about the design of the trial, could adversely affect the ability to initiate the trial, enroll patients, complete the trial, or obtain regulatory approval on the basis of the trial results, as well as lead to increased or unexpected costs and in delayed timelines.
The design and implementation of clinical trials is a complex process. We have limited experience designing and implementing clinical trials, and we may not successfully or cost-effectively design and implement clinical trials that achieve our desired clinical endpoints efficiently, or at all. A clinical trial that is not well designed may delay or prevent initiation or completion of the trial, which can lead to increased difficulty in enrolling patients, may make it more difficult to obtain regulatory approval for the product candidate on the basis of the study results, or, even if a product candidate is approved, could make it more difficult to commercialize the product successfully or obtain reimbursement from third-party payors. Additionally, a trial that is not well-designed could be inefficient or more expensive than it otherwise would have been, or we may incorrectly estimate the costs to implement the clinical trial, which could lead to a shortfall in funding. If we select an incorrect dose or dose administration schedule, that could negatively impact the results of the trial, including if we select doses that are too low to be effective or administer doses too infrequently based on the half-life of the active ingredient. We also expect to continue to rely on third parties to conduct our pivotal clinical trials. See “— Risks Related to Reliance on Manufacturing and Third Parties.” If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain marketing approval for or commercialize Apitox or any future product candidates we develop, and our business could be materially harmed. Consequently, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete clinical trials that are required for BLA submission and the FDA approval of Apitox or future product candidates. We may require more time and incur greater costs than our competitors and may not succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals of product candidates that we develop.
If we are unable to successfully develop, receive regulatory approval for, and commercialize our product candidate or future product candidates, our business will be harmed.
Our product candidate is still in preclinical and clinical development, and we are early in our development efforts. The FDA permitted our investigational new drug application for Apitox to proceed in 2014, and we began enrolling subjects. Our product candidate will require additional preclinical and/or clinical development, regulatory approval, obtaining manufacturing supply, capacity, and expertise, building a commercial organization or successfully outsourcing commercialization, substantial investment, and significant marketing efforts, before we generate any revenue from product sales. We do not have any products that are approved for commercial sale, and we may never be able to develop or commercialize marketable products.
Our ability to generate revenue from our product candidate, which we do not expect will occur for several years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval, and eventual commercialization of our product candidate. The success of our product candidate or any other product candidates that we develop or otherwise may acquire will depend on several factors, including:
• timely and successful completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials;
• effective INDs submitted to the FDA that allow commencement of our planned clinical trials or future clinical trials for our product candidate;
64
• sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials;
• successful development of, or making arrangements with third-party manufacturers for, our commercial manufacturing processes for any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval;
• making arrangements for the manufacturing of our product candidate for our clinical trials, and manufacturing our product candidate at an acceptable cost and on a timely basis;
• receipt of timely marketing approvals from the FDA;
• launching commercial sales of products, if approved;
• acceptance of the benefits and use of our products, if approved, by patients, the medical community, and third-party payors, for their approved indications;
• the prevalence and severity of adverse events or other safety issues experienced with our product candidate;
• the availability, perceived advantages, cost, safety, and efficacy of alternative therapies for any product candidate, and any indications for such product candidate, that we develop;
• our ability to produce any product candidates we develop on a commercial scale;
• obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidate and otherwise protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;
• maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements, including cGMP requirements;
• obtaining and maintaining coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors, including government payors, for our products, if approved by the FDA;
• maintaining a continued acceptable safety, tolerability and efficacy profile of the products following approval; and
• maintaining and growing an organization of scientists and functional experts who can develop and commercialize our products and technology.
If we do not succeed with respect to one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize the product candidate we develop, which would materially harm our business. If we do not receive marketing approvals for any product candidate we develop, we may not be able to continue our operations. Even if regulatory approvals are obtained, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our current and any future product candidates we develop, which would materially harm our business. If we are not able to generate sufficient revenue through the sale of any current or future product candidate, we may not be able to continue our business operations or achieve profitability.
The FDA regulatory approval process is lengthy and time-consuming and may lead to significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval of our product candidate.
The time required to obtain approval from the FDA is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of FDA. Any delay in obtaining FDA and/or other necessary regulatory approvals in the United States for any investigational new drug and failure to receive such approvals would have an adverse effect on the investigational new drug’s potential commercial success and on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate. We have not previously submitted a BLA to the FDA. It is possible that none of our current or future product candidates will ever obtain regulatory approval from the FDA. The novel nature of our product candidate may create further challenges in obtaining regulatory approval. The regulatory approval pathway for our product candidate may be uncertain, complex, expensive, and lengthy, and approval may not be obtained. In addition, factors outside our control, such as government shutdowns, natural disasters, and public health emergencies, could disrupt business at the FDA, which could result in delays of reviews, approvals and communications with FDA related to our clinical trials and product candidates.
65
Our current and future product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:
• the FDA may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;
• we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of FDA that a product candidate is safe, pure, and potent for its proposed indication;
• the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by FDA for approval;
• we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;
• the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of data from clinical trials or preclinical studies;
• the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidate may not be sufficient to support the submission of a BLA to the FDA to obtain regulatory approval in the United States; and
• FDA may find deficiencies with or fail to approve our manufacturing processes or facility or the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies.
The lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market any product candidate we develop, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and in determining when or whether regulatory approval will be granted for any product candidate that we develop. Even if we believe the data collected from current or future clinical trials of our product candidate are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by FDA.
Even if we obtain approval, FDA may approve any of our product candidate for fewer or more limited indications, or a more limited patient population, than we request; may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-approval clinical trials or other post-marketing requirements; or may approve a product candidate with labeling that does not include the claims we believe are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of such product candidates. Moreover, if we modify Apitox, we may have to either file a supplemental BLA with FDA or receive FDA approval for a comparability protocol or obtain other regulatory approval. These requirements may be costly and time-consuming, and FDA ultimately may not approve of such changes.
FDA may also change its policies, promulgate additional regulations, revise existing regulations, or take other actions that may prevent or delay approval of our future products under development on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain approvals, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain any marketing authorizations we may have obtained.
We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials or may not be able to conduct our trials on the timelines we expect.
Clinical testing is expensive, time consuming and subject to uncertainty. We cannot guarantee that any clinical studies will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. Even if these trials begin as planned, issues may arise that could suspend or terminate such clinical trials. A failure of one or more clinical studies can occur at any stage of testing, and our future clinical studies may not be successful. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:
• inability to generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation of clinical trials;
• delays in sufficiently developing, characterizing or controlling a manufacturing process suitable for advanced clinical trials;
• delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on study design;
66
• delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical study sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and clinical study sites;
• delays in obtaining required institutional review board (“IRB”), approval at each clinical study site;
• imposition of a temporary or permanent clinical hold by regulatory agencies for a number of reasons, including after review of an IND application or amendment, or equivalent application or amendment; as a result of a new safety finding that presents unreasonable risk to clinical trial participants; a negative finding from an inspection of our clinical study operations or study sites;
• developments on trials conducted by competitors for related technology that raises FDA concerns about risk to patients of the technology broadly; or if the FDA finds that the investigational protocol or plan is clearly deficient to meet its stated objectives;
• disruptions caused by any future pandemic may increase the likelihood that we encounter such difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling, conducting or completing our planned clinical trials;
• delays in adding a sufficient number of trial sites;
• our ability to recruit suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials, which may be affected by, among other factors, patient eligibility and exclusion criteria defined in the protocol, the severity and difficulty of diagnosing the disease under investigation, the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints, the proximity of patients to study sites, and the design of the trial;
• failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical study requirements;
• failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements or applicable regulatory guidelines in other jurisdictions;
• transfer of manufacturing processes to any new CMO or our own manufacturing facilities or any other development or commercialization partner;
• patients dropping out of a study;
• occurrence of side effects associated with our product candidate that are viewed to outweigh their potential benefits;
• changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols;
• changes in the standard of care on which a clinical development plan was based, which may require new or additional trials;
• the cost of clinical trials being greater than we anticipate;
• clinical studies producing negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or regulators requiring us, to conduct additional clinical studies or abandon product development programs;
• delays or failure to secure supply agreements with suitable raw material suppliers, or any failures by suppliers to meet our quantity or quality requirements for necessary raw materials; and
• delays in manufacturing, testing, releasing, validating or importing/exporting sufficient stable quantities of drug for use in clinical studies or the inability to do any of the foregoing.
Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenue. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes, we may be required to or we may elect to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified products to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which our products have patent protection and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our products and may harm our business and results of operations.
67
Our programs for which we intend to seek approval as biologics may face competition sooner than anticipated.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act (the “ACA”), includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (“BPCIA”), which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a highly similar or “biosimilar” product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first approved by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first approved. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of their product.
We believe that any of our programs approved as biologics under a BLA should qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity. However, there is a risk that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our programs to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for competition sooner than anticipated. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing.
Because Apitox represents a novel approach to the treatment of symptoms for knee OA and potentially MS, there are many uncertainties regarding the development, market acceptance, third-party reimbursement coverage and commercial potential of our product candidate.
Because our candidate represents a novel approach to the treatment of the inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with knee OA and the potential treatment of MS, there are many uncertainties related to the development, marketing, reimbursement and the commercial potential for Apitox. There can be no assurance as to the length of the clinical trials, the number of patients the FDA will required to be enrolled in the trials in order to establish the safety, efficacy, purity and potency of antibody products or that the design of or data generated in these trials will be acceptable to the FDA to support marketing approval.
In addition, the FDA may take longer than usual to come to a decision on any BLA that we submit and may ultimately determine that there is insufficient data, information or experience with our product candidates to support an approval decision. The FDA may also require that we conduct additional post-marketing studies or implement risk management programs, such as risk evaluation and mitigation strategies until more experience with our product candidate is obtained. Finally, after increased usage, we may find that our product candidate does not have the intended effect or have unanticipated side effects, potentially jeopardizing initial or continuing regulatory approval and commercial prospects.
Success in preclinical studies or earlier clinical trials may not be indicative of results in future clinical trials. Our product candidates may not have favorable results in later clinical trials, if any, or receive regulatory approval.
Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate the same results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of a product candidate. Preclinical test and Phase I and Phase II clinical trials are primarily designed to test safety, to study pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics and to understand the side effects of product candidates at various doses and schedules. Success in preclinical or animal studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that later large-scale efficacy trials will be successful, nor does it predict final results. For example, we may be unable to identify suitable animal disease models for our product candidates, which could delay or frustrate our ability to progress clinical studies or obtain marketing approval. Our product candidates may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite having progressed through preclinical and initial clinical trials.
Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks, delays. and failures in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in preclinical testing and earlier-stage clinical trials. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience regulatory delays or rejections as a result of many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the period of our product candidate development.
68
Regulatory approval for any approved product is limited by the FDA to those specific indications and conditions for which clinical safety and efficacy have been demonstrated.
Any regulatory approval is limited to those specific diseases and indications for which a product is deemed to be safe and effective. If the FDA or any regulatory authority limits the scope of our indication, or if we are unable to obtain FDA approval for any desired future indications for our products, our ability to effectively market and sell our products may be reduced and our business may be adversely affected. Further, we are only permitted to promote our products for those indications that the FDA specifically approves and are restricted from making communications regarding uses not approved and described in the product’s labeling. If our promotional activities fail to comply with these regulations or guidelines, we may be subject to advisory or enforcement action by these authorities. In addition, our failure to follow FDA requirements or guidelines relating to promotion and advertising may cause the FDA to suspend or withdraw an approved product from the market, require a recall or institute fines, or could result in disgorgement of money, operating restrictions, injunctions or criminal prosecution, any of which could harm our business.
We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.
Because we have limited financial and management resources, we must focus on development programs and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. As such, we are currently primarily focused on the development of Apitox for the treatment of the inflammation and pain management symptoms associated with knee OA and MS. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or other indications for these product candidates that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuation rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.
If any potential future product candidate is approved and our CMO fails to produce the product in the volumes that we require on a timely basis, or to comply with stringent regulations applicable to pharmaceutical drug manufacturers, we may face delays in the commercialization of this product candidate or be unable to meet market demand and may lose potential revenues.
The manufacture of pharmaceutical products requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls, and the use of specialized processing equipment. Any termination or disruption of any current or future relationships relating to product development may materially harm our business and financial condition and frustrate any commercialization efforts for affected current or future product candidates.
Any current or future CMOs we engage must comply with strictly enforced federal, state and foreign regulations, including cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through its establishment inspection program. Despite the existence of CMO agreements and shared cGMP responsibilities our contract CMO may ignore these contractual provisions, or otherwise fail to meet the minimum standards set forth in the cGMP regulations, resulting in manufacturing non-compliance. This may go unnoticed or uncorrected despite our best efforts to regulatory audit or confirm the CMOs regulatory responsibilities. Any failure to comply with applicable regulations may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or recall, or withdrawal of product approval, and would limit the availability of our product. Any manufacturing defect or error discovered after products have been produced and distributed could result in even more significant consequences, including costly recalls, re-stocking costs, damage to our reputation and potential for product liability claims.
If the CMOs upon which we rely to manufacture any current products, and any potential product candidates we may in-license or acquire, fail to deliver the required commercial quantities on a timely basis at commercially reasonable prices, we would likely be unable to meet demand for our products and we would lose potential revenues.
69
Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.
As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidate to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the materials manufactured using altered processes. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification, or FDA approval. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidate, and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.
Our preclinical studies and clinical trials may fail to demonstrate substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, or serious adverse or unacceptable side effects may be identified during the development of our product candidates, which could prevent, delay or limit the scope of regulatory approval of our product candidates, limit their commercialization, increase our costs or necessitate the abandonment or limitation of the development of some of our product candidates.
To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex, and expensive preclinical testing and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe, pure and potent for use in each target indication. These trials are expensive and time consuming, and their outcomes are inherently uncertain. Failures can occur at any time during the development process. Preclinical studies and clinical trials often fail to demonstrate safety or efficacy of the product candidate studied for the target indication, and most product candidates that begin clinical trials are never approved.
We cannot commercialize product candidates in the United States without first obtaining regulatory approval from the FDA. Similarly, we cannot commercialize product candidates outside of the United States without obtaining regulatory approval from comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of Apitox, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical and clinical trials that Apitox is both safe and effective for each targeted indication. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the drug manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Further, a product candidate may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude its obtaining marketing approval. The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other data. A product candidate could be delayed in receiving, or fail to receive, regulatory approval for many reasons.
Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. The lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in us failing to obtain regulatory approval to market.
The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and other regulatory authorities are inherently unpredictable. If we are not able to obtain, or experience delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize Apitox in the United States.
If any current or future product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects, toxicities, or other negative characteristics, we may need to abandon such products’ development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations. Such side effects may affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial and could result in potential product liability claims. Many compounds that show initial promise in early-stage testing are later found to cause side effects that prevent further development. If our clinical trials reveal severe or prevalent side effects, our trials could be suspended or terminated, we may be unable to recruit patients and enrolled patients may be unable to complete the trials, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order issue a clinical hold or order us to cease further development or deny approval of the product candidate. Candidates may be harmed, which could significantly harm our business prospects.
70
All of our current and future products are subject to and will remain subject to substantial regulatory scrutiny even after receiving regulatory approval.
The preclinical and clinical development, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, and subsequent advertising, promotion, sale, marketing, and distribution, if approved, of our product candidate is subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and elsewhere. These regulations also vary in important, meaningful ways from country to country. We are not permitted to market a potential drug in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA for such drug. We have not received an NDA approval from the FDA for Apitox. There can be no guarantees with respect to our product candidate or future product candidates that clinical studies will adequately support an NDA, that the products will receive necessary regulatory approvals, or that they will prove to be commercially successful.
Further, any current or future product candidates we may license or acquire will be subject to ongoing regulatory and compliance requirements and oversight by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information and reports, registration and listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and other licensed medical professionals and recordkeeping of the drug.
The Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 granted significant expanded authority to the FDA, much of which was aimed at improving the safety of drug products before and after approval. The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure drugs are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.
The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we do not market our products for only their approved indications, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing. While physicians and other healthcare providers may choose to prescribe drugs for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and for uses that differ from those tested in clinical studies and approved by the regulatory authorities, our ability to promote the products is limited to those indications that are specifically approved by the FDA. These “off-label” uses are common across medical specialties and may constitute an appropriate treatment for some patients in varied circumstances. Regulatory authorities in the U.S. generally do not regulate the practice of medicine, including the clinical behavior of physicians and other healthcare providers in their choice of treatments. Regulatory authorities do, however, restrict communications by pharmaceutical companies on the subject of off-label use.
Violations of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act relating to the promotion of prescription drugs may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws.
In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:
• restrictions on such products, operations, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;
• restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;
• restrictions on product distribution or use;
• requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;
• warning letters;
• withdrawal of the products from the market;
• refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;
• recall of products;
• fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits;
• suspension or withdrawal of marketing or regulatory approvals;
71
• suspension of any ongoing clinical trials;
• denial of permits to import or export our products;
• product seizure; or
• injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
Public concern regarding the safety of any of our current or future drug products could delay or limit our ability to obtain regulatory approval, result in the inclusion of unfavorable information in our labeling, or require us to incur additional costs.
In light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, the FDA, members of Congress, the Government Accountability Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products, and the establishment of risk management programs. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA in its review of data from our clinical trials. Data from clinical trials may receive greater scrutiny, particularly with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. If the FDA requires us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials prior to approving any other potential future product candidate, our ability to obtain such product candidate will be delayed. If the FDA requires us to provide additional clinical or preclinical data following the approval of any potential future product candidate, the indications for which such product candidate is approved may be limited or there may be specific warnings or limitations on dosing, and our efforts to commercialize potential future product candidate may be otherwise adversely impacted.
We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop and market technologies or products more rapidly than we do or that are more effective, safer or less expensive than the product we are commercializing or product candidates we develop, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted. Our product candidate will, if approved, also compete with existing branded, generic and off-label products.
The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. Numerous companies are engaged in developing products for the treatment of MS symptoms, which we expect will compete with Apitox. We face competition with respect to our product candidate from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide and existing treatments. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.
Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than our products. Our competitors also may obtain FDA approval or other regulatory authority approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.
In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payers, particularly Medicare, seeking to encourage the use of generic products. Generic products are currently being used for certain of the indications that we are pursuing, and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years.
Many of the companies against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, marketing scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.
72
Even if we obtain regulatory approval of our products, the product may not gain market acceptance among regulators, advisory boards, physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community.
Even if our product receives marketing approval, it may fail to receive recommendations for use by regulators or advisory boards that recommend products, or gain market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If our product candidate does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of any product, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:
• the success of any potential clinic studies during the drug development process;
• physicians, hospitals, third-party payors and patients considering our products as safe and effective;
• the prevalence and severity of any side effects;
• product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory and advisory bodies;
• limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory and advisory bodies;
• the timing of market introduction of our products as well as competitive products;
• the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;
• the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement and pricing by third-party payors, including government authorities;
• the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors, including government authorities;
• relative convenience and ease of administration, including as compared to competitive products and alternative treatments; and
• the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.
Our ability to effectively promote and sell our products and any other current or future product candidates we may develop, license or acquire in the marketplace will also depend on pricing and cost effectiveness, including our ability to produce a product at a competitive price and achieve acceptance of the product onto formularies, as well as our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement. Since many insurance plans are members of group purchasing organizations, which leverage the purchasing power of a group of entities to obtain discounts based on the collective buying power of the group, our ability to attract customers in the marketplace will also depend on our ability to effectively promote any current or future product candidates to group purchasing organizations. We will also need to demonstrate acceptable evidence of safety and efficacy, as well as relative convenience and ease of administration. Market acceptance could be further limited depending on the prevalence and severity of any expected or unexpected adverse side effects associated with our current or any future product candidates. If any current or future product candidates are approved but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, health care payors and patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from these products, and we may not become or remain profitable. In addition, our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of any current or future product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful.
Further, in both domestic and foreign markets, our any future product sales will depend in part upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Such third-party payors include government health programs such as Medicare, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. We may need to conduct post-marketing studies in order to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of any future products to the satisfaction of target customers and their third-party payors. Such studies might require us to commit a significant amount of management time and financial and other resources. Our current or future products might not ultimately be considered cost-effective. Adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement might not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development.
73
Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory approval, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences.
Adverse effects or other undesirable or unacceptable side effects caused by our product candidate could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. In such an event, our clinical trials could be suspended or terminated, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidate. Such side effects could also affect trial recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the clinical trial or result in potential product liability claims. The data safety monitoring board may also suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. If serious adverse or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development of any of any current or future product candidates, we may need to abandon such products’ development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations. The need to show a high degree of safety and tolerability when dosing healthy individuals could result in rare and even spurious safety findings, negatively impacting a program prior to or after commercial launch. Adverse effects or other undesirable or unacceptable side effects caused by our product may cause us or the FDA to recall product or remove a product from the marketplace.
Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.
Upon completion of Phase III clinical programs, we plan to develop a sales organization, and there is no assurance our marketing and sales organization will be successful.
If we are unable to successfully establish marketing and sales capabilities, we may not be able to generate product revenue. The development of an in-house marketing organization and sales force will require significant capital expenditures, management resources and time, and we will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel. There can be no assurance that our in-house sales and distribution capabilities will be successful.
If we are unable or decide not to successfully establish internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, we will pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sales and marketing of our products; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces. Any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, which may not be successful. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts of such third parties and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized our products ourselves. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our products.
We are highly dependent on our key personnel, and if we are not able to retain these members of our management team or recruit and retain highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.
Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel. There is currently a significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources. The loss of the services of our executive officers, other key employees and other scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm our business. We conduct substantially all of our operations at our facilities in the New York Area. This region is headquarters to many other biopharmaceutical companies and many academic and research institutions. Competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all.
74
If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.
We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidate and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our products cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
• decreased demand for our products;
• injury to our reputation;
• withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
• initiation of investigations by regulators;
• costs to defend the related litigation;
• a diversion of management’s time and our resources;
• substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;
• product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;
• loss of revenue;
• exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;
• the inability to commercialize any products; and
• a decline in our share price.
Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with corporate collaborators. Our insurance policies may also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. Assuming we obtain clinical trial insurance for our clinical trials, we may have to pay amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.
Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.
The global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruptions in the past several years. Such volatility and disruptions have caused and may continue to cause severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive an economic downturn, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.
75
Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of health epidemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, in regions where we or third parties on which we rely have significant manufacturing facilities, concentrations of potential clinical trial sites or other business operations. Any future pandemic could materially affect our operations, including at our headquarters in the New York area.
Health epidemics in regions where we have concentrations of potential clinical trial sites or other business operations could adversely affect our business, including by causing significant disruption in the operations of our CMO and other third parties upon whom we rely.
We or the third parties upon whom we depend on may be adversely affected by natural disasters or acts of war, such as the conflicts in Ukraine and Israel, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from any such serious disaster.
Any unplanned event, such as flood, fire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, medical epidemics, power shortage, telecommunication failure or other natural or man-made accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to undergo clinical trials, fully utilize our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CMOs, may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Loss of access to these facilities may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidate or interruption of our business operations. Earthquakes or other natural disasters could further disrupt our operations and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event were to occur that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our research facilities or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CMOs, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time.
Moreover, our CMOs may experience manufacturing difficulties due to resource constraints, governmental restrictions or as a result of labor disputes or unstable political environments. Supply chain issues, including those resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and the ongoing military conflicts between Russian and Ukraine and Israel and surrounding areas and the attacks on marine vessels traversing the Red Sea, may affect our third-party vendors and cause delays. As of the date of this Information Statement, our CMOs and third-party vendors have not experienced manufacturing difficulties or delays as a result of the military conflicts in Ukraine and Israel.
As part of our risk management policy, we maintain insurance coverage at levels that we believe are appropriate for our business. However, in the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CMOs, are unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our research and development programs may be harmed and result in higher costs or adversely impact development of our product candidates.
Our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.
We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activities that violates (i) the laws and regulations of the FDA and other regulatory authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States, and (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data.
In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct also could involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation.
76
It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from government investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participating in government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of noncompliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.
Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties
We currently rely on third-party manufacturing and a single-source supplier to supply raw materials and components for, and manufacture, our product candidate. Our inability to have sufficient quantities of our product candidate manufactured, or our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or to supply sufficient quantities at acceptable quality levels or prices, or at all, would materially and adversely affect our business.
Efficient and scalable manufacturing and supply is a vital component of our business strategy. We currently do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities. We have developed, in collaboration with third parties manufacturing processes that we believe can scale to address clinical and commercial supply. However, our assumptions as to our ability and our CMOs ability to produce our product candidate at the scale needed for clinical development and commercial demand may prove to be wrong. If we encounter problems in our manufacturing processes or in our ability to scale to address commercial drug supply, our business would be materially adversely affected.
The manufacturing process for a drug is subject to FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority review. Our suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards, such as Current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs. If our CMOs cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, we may not be able to rely on their manufacturing facilities for the manufacture of elements of our product candidate. Moreover, we do not control the manufacturing process at our CMOs and are completely dependent on them for compliance with current regulatory requirements. In the event that any of our manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves or enter into an agreement with another third party, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all.
We purchase the bee venom necessary to produce Apitox for our clinical trials from a single third-party supplier. There are a limited number of suppliers for bee venom, and we may need to assess alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of Apitox for our clinical trials and, if approved, ultimately for commercial sale. Any termination of our supply agreement or significant delay in the supply of bee venom for the manufacture of Apitox for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a third-party supplier could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of Apitox.
Furthermore, if there is a disruption to our or our third-party suppliers’ relevant operations, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we will have no other means of producing Apitox until they restore the affected facilities or we or they procure alternative facilities. Additionally, any damage to or destruction of our or our third party or suppliers’ facilities or equipment may significantly impair our ability to manufacture Apitox on a timely basis.
77
If we change suppliers or manufacturers for commercial production, applicable regulatory agencies may require us to conduct additional studies or trials. If key suppliers or manufacturers are lost, or if the supply of the materials is diminished or discontinued, we may not be able to develop, manufacture and market our product candidate in a timely and competitive manner, or at all. Identifying and engaging an alternative supplier or manufacturer could result in delay, and we may not be able to find other acceptable suppliers or manufacturers on acceptable terms, or at all. Switching suppliers or manufacturers may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines, which would impair our ability to meet our development objectives or generate revenues from the sale of Apitox, if approved.
We rely and will continue to rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize our product candidate.
We currently do not have the ability to independently conduct preclinical or clinical studies that comply with the regulatory requirements known as Good Laboratory Practice and Good Clinical Practice (“GCP”). The FDA and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions require us to comply with GCP requirements for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials, in order to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate and that the trial subjects are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials. We rely on independent investigators and collaborators, such as universities, medical institutions, CROs and strategic partners to conduct our preclinical and clinical trials under agreements with us.
We will need to negotiate budgets and contracts with CROs and study sites, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs. We will rely heavily on these third parties over the course of our clinical trials, and we control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations or to recruit a sufficient number of patients may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.
Any third parties conducting our preclinical studies and clinical trials will not be our employees and, except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize our products. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our products would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.
If any of our relationships with trial sites or any CRO that we may use in the future terminates, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative trial sites or CROs or do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding third parties to conduct our clinical trials involves substantial cost and requires extensive management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new third party commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines.
78
If we or our third-party suppliers use hazardous, non-hazardous, biological or other materials in a manner that causes injury or violates applicable law, we may be liable for damages.
Our research and development activities involve the controlled use of potentially hazardous substances, including chemical and biological materials. We and our suppliers are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations in the United States governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of medical and hazardous materials. Although we believe that we and our suppliers’ procedures for using, handling, storing and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we and our suppliers cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from medical or hazardous materials. As a result of any such contamination or injury, we may incur liability or local, city, state or federal authorities may curtail the use of these materials and interrupt our business operations. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines, and the liability could exceed our resources. We do not have any insurance for liabilities arising from medical or hazardous materials. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental regulations may impair our research, development and production efforts, which could harm our business prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
We rely on honeybee colonies to supply our active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, for Apitox, and if these colonies are damaged from pests, disease organisms or other phenomena, it could result in a negative impact on our business.
The mortality rate of honeybees has increased significantly over the last decade. Although the overall number of bee colonies in the United States. appears to be relatively stable, the increased mortality rate means beekeepers need to spend more time and money dividing their surviving colonies to create new ones to replace those lost. This could result in supply delays and cost increases for the bee venom we use to make Apitox. In addition, pests such as tracheal mites, Varroa mites and wax moths can either severely damage a bee colony or entirely wipe out a colony. American foulbrood is a lethal bacterial disease affecting bee larvae and pupae. Colonies may also be subject to “colony collapse disorder,” a phenomenological happening wherein the worker bees from a specific beehive suddenly vanish causing the hive to die off. Although our supplier employs preventative measures, any of these risks may negatively impact the bee hives and our ability to obtain the bee venom to make Apitox, which would adversely affect our business and prospects.
We may form or seek strategic alliances or enter into additional licensing arrangements in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such alliances or licensing arrangements.
We may form or seek strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations or enter into additional licensing arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our discovery, development and commercialization efforts with respect to our products and any future products that we may seek to develop. Any of these relationships may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders or disrupt our management and business. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for our products because they may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort, and third parties may not view our products as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. Any delays in entering into new strategic partnership agreements related to our products could delay the development and commercialization of our products in certain geographies for certain indications, which would harm our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
If we license products or businesses, we may not be able to realize the benefit of such transactions if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve the results, revenue or specific net income that justifies such transaction.
79
Risks Related to Government Regulation
Our relationships with customers, physicians and third-party payors are subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws and other healthcare laws and regulations. If we or our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors violate these laws, we could face substantial penalties.
Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we have or obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare professionals, principal investigators, consultants, customers and third-party payors subject us to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws and other healthcare laws. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute our products, if approved. Such laws include:
• the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or certain rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under any U.S. federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
• the U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which can be enforced through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the U.S. federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. Pharmaceutical manufacturers can cause false claims to be presented to the U.S. federal government by engaging in impermissible marketing practices, such as the off-label promotion of a product for an indication for which it has not received FDA approval. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;
• the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute implemented under HIPAA or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
• HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which also impose certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information of covered entities subject to the rule, including health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers as well as their business associates, independent contractors of a covered entity that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information for or on their behalf;
• the Federal Food Drug or Cosmetic Act, which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of drugs, biologics and medical devices;
80
• the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to certain payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members; and
• analogous U.S. state laws and regulations, including: state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including private insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which require tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws requiring the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
We may also be subject to other laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, which prohibit, among other things, U.S. companies and their employees and agents from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to foreign government officials, employees of public international organizations and foreign government owned or affiliated entities, candidates for foreign political office and foreign political parties or officials thereof, as well as federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.
Ensuring that our internal operations and business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will likely be costly. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom are compensated in the form of stock options for consulting services provided, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participating in government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of noncompliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to healthcare laws and regulations may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development, manufacturing, sales, marketing or distribution activities. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of litigation or other proceedings relating to applicable healthcare laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, if the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government-funded healthcare programs.
81
Changes in funding for the FDA and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, their ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Of note, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, the FDA adopted a risk-based system for the conduct of inspections of manufacturing facilities and began conducting voluntary remote interactive evaluations of certain drug manufacturing facilities and clinical research sites where an in-person inspection would not be prioritized, deemed mission-critical, or where direct inspection is otherwise limited by travel restrictions, but where the FDA determines that remote evaluation would still be appropriate. Regulatory authorities inside and outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to any future pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to increasingly stringent and rapidly changing laws and regulations related to privacy and data security. The restrictions and costs imposed by these requirements, or our actual or perceived failure to comply with them, could harm our reputation, subject us to significant fines and liability, and adversely affect our business.
We are subject to or affected by numerous evolving federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, as well as policies, contracts and other obligations governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention, and security of personal data. The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. This landscape may create uncertainty in our business, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. These laws and regulations are subject to differing interpretations and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions, and guidance on implementation and compliance practices are often updated or otherwise revised. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations is high and is likely to increase in the future. Our failure or perceived failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in negative publicity, diversion of management time and effort, an inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions, restrictions on our operations and legal action against us by governmental entities or others. In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are rising.
For example, HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, imposes requirements relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information on health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, and their respective contractors and their covered subcontractors that perform services for them involving individually identifiable health information. Additionally, certain states have adopted healthcare privacy and security laws and regulations comparable to HIPAA, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. In the event we fail to properly maintain the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information governed by HIPAA or comparable state laws, and significant or we are responsible for an unauthorized disclosure or security breach of such information, we could be subject to enforcement action under HIPAA or comparable state laws, civil and criminal penalties, and fines.
82
Domestic privacy and data security laws beyond HIPAA and other healthcare privacy laws are also changing rapidly and becoming more complex. For example, California recently enacted the CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt-out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used, among others. The CCPA also requires covered businesses to provide detailed privacy notices to California residents and respond to requests from California residents to exercise their rights under the CCPA to access, delete and opt-out of certain sharing of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Although there are limited exemptions for clinical trial data, the CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the U.S. As of January 1, 2023, consumers have new rights in addition to those above, such as (i) the right to correct inaccurate personal information that a business has about them; and (ii) the right to limit the use and disclosure of sensitive personal information collected about them. The CPRA will, among other things, give California residents the ability to limit use of certain sensitive personal information, further restrict the use of cross-contextual advertising, establish restrictions on the retention of personal information, expand the types of data breaches subject to the CCPA’s private right of action, provide for increased penalties for CPRA violations concerning California residents under the age of 16, and establish a new California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the new law. Although there are limited exemptions for clinical trial data under the CCPA, the CCPA and other similar laws could impact our business activities depending on how it is interpreted.
If our product candidates are approved for marketing and are found to have been improperly promoted for off-label uses, or if physicians misuse our products or use our products off-label, we may become subject to prohibitions on the sale or marketing of our products, product liability claims and significant fines, penalties and sanctions, and our brand and reputation could be harmed.
If our approved product, or any of our product candidates that are approved, are found to have been improperly promoted for off-label uses of those products, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about approved prescription drug products. In particular, while the FDA permits the dissemination of truthful and non-misleading information about an approved product, a manufacturer may not promote a product for uses that are not approved by the FDA. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of regulated products for off-label uses and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct must be changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidate, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.
We are subject to new legislation, regulatory proposals and managed care initiatives that may increase our costs of compliance and adversely affect our ability to market our products, obtain collaborators and raise capital.
In the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “ACA”), was signed into law, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers in the United States. By way of example, the ACA: increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%; required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations; imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell certain “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs; implemented a new methodology under which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected; expanded the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; created a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation (“CMMI”) at the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.
83
Since its enactment, there have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. President Trump signed several Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, several bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been enacted. For example, in 2017, Congress enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which eliminated the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, a process that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” In addition, the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, it also eliminated the health insurer tax. On December 14, 2018, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit ruled that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed the Fifth Circuit’s ruling, holding that the challengers lacked standing to sue and otherwise abstaining from reaching the merits of the case. There may be other efforts to challenge, repeal, or replace the ACA. We are continuing to monitor any changes to the ACA that, in turn, may potentially impact our business in the future.
Former President Biden signed an Executive Order on Strengthening Medicaid and the Affordable Care Act, stating his administration’s intentions to reverse the actions of his predecessor and strengthen the ACA. As part of this Executive Order, the Department of Health and Human Services, United States Treasury, and the Department of Labor are directed to review all existing regulations, orders, guidance documents, policies and agency actions to consider if they are consistent with ensuring coverage under the ACA and making high-quality healthcare affordable and accessible to Americans. We are unable to predict the likelihood of changes to the ACA or other healthcare laws which may negatively impact our profitability.
Former President Biden intended, as his predecessor did, to take action against drug prices which are considered “high.” Such measures could be addressed in a legislative package later in 2021 or with the reauthorization of the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, in 2022 as part of a package bill. Drug pricing continues to be a subject of debate at the executive and legislative levels of U.S. government, and we expect to see legislation focusing on this in the coming year. The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 signed into law by President Biden on March 14, 2021 includes a provision that eliminated the statutory cap on rebates drug manufacturers pay to Medicaid beginning in January 2024. With the elimination of the rebate cap, manufacturers may be required to compensate states in an amount greater than what the state Medicaid programs pay for the drug.
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, effective April 1, 2013, which, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will stay in effect through 2030 with the exception of a temporary suspension implemented under various COVID-19 relief legislation from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021, unless additional congressional action is taken. Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed, among other things, to bring more transparency to product pricing, to review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient assistance programs, and to reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. The Prescription Drug Pricing Reduction Act, or PDPRA, which was introduced in Congress in 2019, and again in 2020, proposed to, among other things, penalize pharmaceutical manufacturers for raising prices on drugs covered by Medicare Parts B and D faster than the rate of inflation, cap out-of-pocket expenses for Medicare Part D beneficiaries, and proposes several changes to how drugs are reimbursed in Medicare Part B. A similar drug pricing bill, the Elijah E. Cummings Lower Drug Costs Now Act proposes to enable direct price negotiations by the federal government for certain drugs (with the maximum price paid by Medicare capped based on an international index), requires manufacturers to offer these negotiated prices to other payors, and restricts manufacturers from raising prices on drugs covered by Medicare Parts B and D. This Act passed in the House of Representatives when it was introduced in 2019, and it has been introduced again in the 2021 term. We cannot predict whether any proposed legislation will become law and the effect of these possible changes on our business cannot be predicted at this time.
84
Further, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) has significant regulatory authority to promulgate regulations and impose other compliance requirements that may increase our compliance costs and impact our ability to attain profitability and market our product candidate. CMS sets coverage and reimbursement rates for Medicare and oversees the implementation of Medicaid at the state level. CMS could modify or impose coverage restrictions or modify reimbursement rates on our product candidate in a manner that could adversely impact our business. For example, on January 8, 2021, CMS approved Tennessee’s Medicaid section 1115 demonstration application, granting the state the unprecedented ability to implement a closed drug formulary without foregoing the state’s entitlement to rebates under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program. Implementation of a closed formulary could mean that our products could be excluded from coverage under Medicaid. It is unclear whether the Biden Administration will reverse or modify Tennessee’s section 1115 demonstration approval.
Within CMS, CMMI, as established by the ACA, has broad authority to design, implement, and test new health care payment models that could potentially lower health care spending while maintaining quality or increase quality without increasing spending. CMMI has considered implementing models that could have a significant adverse effect on our business. For example, on November 27, 2020, CMMI finalized a mandatory Medicare Part B drug payment model that would have aligned payment for drugs with international reference prices, entitled the Most Favored Nation (MFN) Model. The MFN Model was enjoined by a Federal court on December 28, 2020 for failure to comply with rulemaking procedural requirements. It is unclear whether the Biden Administration will propose and implement the same or a similar model in future rulemaking, and we cannot predict how future regulatory actions by CMMI or any other component of CMS may impact our business.
These and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for our current or future product candidates. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government healthcare programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products. Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for drugs. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of any current or future product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased Congressional scrutiny of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.
Any product candidates for which we intend to seek approval as biologic products may face biosimilar competition sooner than anticipated.
If we are successful in achieving regulatory approval to commercialize any biologic product candidate that we develop, it may face competition from biosimilar products. In the United States, our product candidates are regulated by the FDA as biologic products subject to approval under the BLA pathway. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the data the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of their product. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intend to be implemented, BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have an adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our biological products. There is a risk that any of our product candidates approved as a biological product under a BLA would not qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity or that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic competition sooner than anticipated.
85
For example, in May 2021, the Biden administration expressed support for waiving intellectual property protections for COVID-19 vaccines amid concerns about vaccines access in foreign nations. Such waiver, if implemented, could extend to our product candidates. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been subject of recent litigation. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing. If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing our candidates, if approved, our products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and potential adverse consequences.
Our business activities will be subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
As we expand our business activities outside of the United States, including our clinical trial efforts, we will be subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, regulations or rules of other countries in which we intend to operate. The FCPA generally prohibits offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-United States government official in order to influence official action, or otherwise obtain or retain business. The FCPA also required public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Our business is heavily regulated and therefore may involve significant interaction with public officials, including officials of non-United States governments. Additionally, in many other countries, the healthcare providers who prescribe pharmaceuticals are employed by their government under the FCPA. Recently, the SEC and Department of Justice have increased their FCPA enforcement activities with respect to biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. There is no certainty that all of our employees, agents, suppliers, manufacturers, contractors or collaborators, of those of our affiliates, will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, the closing down of facilities, including those of our suppliers and manufacturers, requirements to obtain export licenses, cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries, implementation of compliance programs and prohibitions on the conduct of our business. Any such violations could include prohibitions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries as well as difficulties in manufacturing or continuing to develop our products, and could materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, and our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We rely principally on trade secrets and other forms of non-patent intellectual property protection, which are difficult to protect.
Our API is a natural, non-synthetic compound that is not patentable, so we rely on trade secrets to protect our rights to Apitox, particularly the method and process of manufacturing Apitox. Trade secrets are difficult to protect, and we have limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by our collaborators and suppliers. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. We face the risk of potential unauthorized disclosure or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which may reduce our trade secret protection and allow our potential competitors to access and exploit our proprietary technology. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. We would expect any trade secret dispute to be governed by federal law, and in particular the Defend Trade Secrets Act (“DTSA”) of 2016. However, in the event we are not able to utilize the DTSA, we would then be limited to resolving such dispute in state court. State trade secret laws in the United States vary, and state courts are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. If our confidential or proprietary information is divulged to or acquired by third parties, including our competitors, our competitive position in the marketplace will be harmed and our ability to successfully penetrate our target markets could be severely compromised.
86
Our ability to compete depends in part on our ability to secure and maintain proprietary rights to our products.
Apimeds Korea does not have any patent protection for Apitoxin. There could be several competitive products available in the marketplace possessing similar qualities.
Apimeds Korea’s patents related to Apitoxin expired in early 2023. If Apimeds does decide to apply for patent protection, there can be no assurance that any patent issued Apimeds Korea, and licensed to us, will provide competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar products or design around Apimeds Korea’s previous patents. Any of the foregoing activities could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Moreover, enforcement of any patent or license rights may require substantial litigation costs.
Our success depends in part on not only our ability, but that of Apimeds Korea’s to protect the intellectual property, including our trade secrets, which can be difficult and costly and is not assured.
Our success depends in part on our ability, and that of Apimeds Korea, to obtain and maintain trade secret and trademark protection of our rights to Apitox, as well as successfully defending the intellectual property against third-party challenges. Our ability to stop unauthorized third parties from misusing our trade secrets by making or using Apitox is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under trade secrets that cover these activities.
We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of these parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. The intellectual property positions of biopharmaceutical companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. We cannot accurately predict future changes in the interpretation of intellectual property laws or changes to intellectual property laws which might be enacted into law. Those changes may materially affect our ability to protect our trade secrets.
Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Moreover, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our confidential information or proprietary technology and processes. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. If any of the collaborators, scientific advisors, employees, contractors and consultants who are parties to these agreements breaches or violates the terms of any of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets as a result. Moreover, if confidential information that is licensed or disclosed to us by our partners, collaborators or others is inadvertently disclosed or subject to a breach or violation, we may be exposed to liability to the owner of that confidential information. Failure to protect our trade secrets, for any reason (or third-party claims against our trade secrets or proprietary rights, or our involvement in disputes over our trade secrets or proprietary rights, including involvement in litigation), could have a substantial negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We do not own the Apitox trademark but may use the trademark pursuant to the terms of the Business Agreement with Apimeds Korea.
We do not own the trademark that we use in our business and may be unable to protect this intellectual property against infringement from third parties. We are party to the Business Agreement with Apimeds Korea pursuant to which Apimeds Korea granted us an exclusive, sublicensable, royalty-bearing license to utilize all prior clinical development data associated with Apitoxin, Apitox, and all related names, advance clinical research, develop, manufacture and commercialize and sell Apitox in the United States. The Business Agreement can be terminated by mutual written agreement by the parties and will automatically terminate upon the bankruptcy or dissolution of the Company. In the event that the Business Agreement is terminated, we will be required to, among other things, change the name of our product candidate.
87
Any of these events could disrupt our recognition in the marketplace, damage any goodwill we may have generated, and otherwise have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, since we license the use of the name “Apitox” from Apimeds Korea, we are dependent on Apimeds Korea to defend against trademark infringement claims. Apimeds Korea’s efforts to enforce or protect our rights related to the trademark “Apitox” may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.
If our future trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
We do not own any trademarks or tradenames, as we license the use of the name “Apitox” from Apimeds Korea pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement; however, in the future if we are to register and trademarks or tradenames, any registered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, circumvented, or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively, and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.
We may become involved in lawsuits to protect our intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.
Competitors may infringe or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file legal claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. The initiation of a claim against a third party may also cause the third party to bring counter claims against us such as claims asserting that our intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States. Our business could be harmed if in litigation the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Any litigation or other proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights may fail, and even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have an adverse effect on the price of our common shares.
Any trademarks we may obtain may be infringed or successfully challenged, resulting in harm to our business.
We expect to rely on trademarks as one means to distinguish our products from those approved for marketing from the products of our competitors. We intend to file a United States trademark application for “Apitox” but have not yet begun the process of applying to register any trademarks for our current product candidate or any future products. Once we select trademarks and apply to register them, our trademark applications may not be approved. Third parties may oppose our trademark applications or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Our competitors may infringe our trademarks, and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. In addition, any proprietary name we propose to use with our current or any other product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA,
88
regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of the potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable proprietary product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.
Furthermore, pursuant to the Business Agreement, Apimeds Korea granted to the Company a sublicensable, royalty-bearing license to utilize all prior clinical development data associated with Apitoxin, Apitox, and all related names, and to advance clinical research, develop, manufacture and commercialize and sell Apitox in the United States. The Company does not own international rights to the name “Apitox,” and the Company has an exclusive license to use the name in the United States pursuant to the Business Agreement. The name “Apitox” may be used in different countries with respect to products that are not ours. We are aware of a Spanish company called PrismaNatural, offering an over-the-counter topical ointment product called “Apitox” that can be purchased in the United States. This may create confusion with respect to our product candidate and our business may be adversely affected.
As mentioned above, we are dependent on Apimeds Korea to defend against trademark infringement claims because we license the use of the name “Apitox” pursuant to the Business Agreement. Notwithstanding Apimeds Korea’s efforts, there can be no assurance that its efforts to protect its trademarks will be successful, even if Apimeds Korea intends to maintain and keep current all of its trademark registrations and to pay all applicable renewal fees as they become due. The right of a trademark owner to use its trademarks is based on a number of factors, including their first use in commerce, and trademark owners can lose trademark rights despite trademark registration and payment of renewal fees. We therefore believe that these proprietary rights, licensed to us, have been and will continue to be important in enabling us to compete and if for any reason Apimeds Korea is unable to maintain its trademark that it licenses to us, our business could be materially and negatively affected. Nor can there be any assurance that third-parties will not assert claims against us for infringement of their intellectual proprietary rights. If an infringement claim is asserted, we may be required to obtain a license of such rights, pay royalties on a retrospective or prospective basis, or terminate our development, manufacturing and marketing of our infringing products. Litigation with respect to such matters could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and other resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or operating results.
Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.
Because we expect to rely on third parties to manufacture Apitox and any future candidates, and we expect to collaborate with third parties on the development of our current and future therapeutics, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We also may conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, disputes may arise under these agreements regarding inventorship or ownership of proprietary information generated during research and development.
In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.
89
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of their former employers or other third parties.
We employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. Although we seek to protect our ownership of intellectual property rights by ensuring that our agreements with our employees, collaborators and other third parties with whom we do business include provisions requiring such parties to assign rights in inventions to us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. We may also be subject to claims that former employers or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. There is no guarantee of success in defending these claims, and if we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Even if we are successful, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and other employees.
Risks Related to the Conversion of Preferred Stock Issued as Merger Consideration
The conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock will significantly dilute existing holders of Common Stock.
The conversion of the Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement into shares of Common Stock will result in the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Common Stock. This issuance will dilute the ownership interests and voting power of existing holders of Common Stock and may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
The conversion may materially change the Company’s capital structure and stockholder base.
Following the Preferred Stock Conversion, the Company’s capital structure will change significantly, including an increase in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock. As a result, former holders of Preferred Stock may hold a significant percentage of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and may be able to exert substantial influence over matters requiring stockholder approval.
The market price of the Common Stock may decline as a result of the Preferred Stock Conversion.
The issuance of a large number of shares of Common Stock upon the Preferred Stock Conversion could result in increased selling pressure in the public market, which could cause the trading price of the Common Stock to decline, potentially significantly.
Holders of the Preferred Stock may have interests that differ from those of existing holders of the Common Stock.
The Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement as part of the Merger Consideration and has rights and preferences that differ from those of the Common Stock, including conversion rights. As a result, the interests of the holders of the Preferred Stock in connection with the timing and the terms of the conversion may differ from, or conflict with, the interests of existing holders of Common Stock.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
The trading price of our common stock could be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Information Statement, these factors include:
• the commencement, enrollment, progress or results of our planned or future preclinical studies or clinical trials of our products and those of our competitors;
• delays or terminations of clinical trials;
90
• regulatory or legal developments in the United States;
• announcements by our competitors of new product candidates or technologies, or the results of clinical trials or regulatory decisions;
• the recruitment or departure or key personnel;
• developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;
• the level of expenses related to our products or preclinical and clinical development programs;
• the results of our efforts to develop additional products;
• unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of any product candidate;
• actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations or reports by securities analysts;
• the level of expenses and capital investment related to manufacturing out products;
• our inability to obtain or delays in obtaining adequate supply for any approved products candidate;
• significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;
• variations in our financial results or those of companies perceived to be similar to us;
• changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems, including coverage and adequate reimbursement for any approved medicines;
• publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
• overall performance of the equity markets;
• general economic, political and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the financial markets in the United States; and
• investors’ general perception of us and our business.
In addition, the stock market in general, the NYSE American and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies, which has resulted in decreased stock prices for many companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, operating results or financial condition.
Our financial condition and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year, which makes them difficult to predict.
We expect our financial condition and results of operations to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, you should not rely upon the results of any quarterly or annual periods as indications of future operating performance.
91
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.
We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, future debt or other financing arrangements may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.
We are controlled by our principal stockholders and management, which own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
Our executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders beneficially owned approximately [—]% of our voting stock as of the date of this Information Statement, and, upon the consummation of the Preferred Stock Conversion, that same group will continue to beneficially own approximately [—]% of our outstanding voting stock. Accordingly, these stockholders will have the ability to control us through this ownership position and significantly affect the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval. They effectively have the ability to determine all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any amendment to our Charter or Bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. This could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of the Company, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or prevent stockholders from realizing a premium over the market price for common stock. Their interests may conflict with our interests as a company or the interests of our other stockholders.
We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company and intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make the common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an EGC until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common stock pursuant to the registration statement; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; or (iv) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC, which means the market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter after we have been a reporting company in the United States for at least 12 months. For so long as we remain an EGC, we are permitted to and intend to rely upon exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“SOX”).
We may take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions available to EGCs. We cannot predict whether investors will find the common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the common stock and the price of the common stock may be more volatile.
We are also a smaller reporting company, as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act (“SRC”). As an SRC, we intend to utilize certain reduced disclosure requirements, including publishing two years of audited financial statements instead of three years, as required for companies that do not qualify as an SRC. We will remain an SRC until the last day of the fiscal year in which we have (i) a public float that exceeded $250 million or (ii) annual revenues of more than $100 million and a public float that exceeded $700 million. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may make comparison of our financial statements to those of other public companies difficult or impossible.
After we cease to be an SRC, we are expected to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to companies that are accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of SOX.
92
As a public company, we will be subject to more stringent federal law requirements.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE American, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Despite reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, compliance with these rules and regulations will nonetheless increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results.
As a result of disclosure of information in this Information Statement and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our brand and reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We also expect that being a public company and the associated rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain adequate coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE American have imposed various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of U.S. government intervention and regulatory reform may also lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may in turn lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we do not currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements.
We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of the NYSE American or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on the NYSE American.
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE American, and after the consummation of this offering, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate the NYSE American listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of the NYSE American’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from the NYSE American may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.
93
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act and any complex accounting rules in the future, we may need to upgrade our information technology systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff. To date, we have had limited financial and accounting personnel to fully execute our accounting processes and address our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to hire the additional accounting and finance staff necessary to comply with these requirements, we may need to retain additional outside consultants. If we or, if required, our auditors, are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.
There can be no assurance that there will not be material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines that we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE American, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. For example, our directors or executive officers could inadvertently fail to disclose a new relationship or arrangement causing us to fail to make a required related party transaction disclosure. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, may retroactively affect previously reported results, could cause unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and may require us to make costly changes to our operational processes and accounting systems.
Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our Charter and Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
• any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
• any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
94
• unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
• any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
Our Bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our Bylaws also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding or investigation. We believe that these Charter and Bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
While we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, such insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur, which may reduce our available funds to satisfy third-party claims and may adversely impact our cash position.
Our failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse impact on us.
We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting or disclosure of our public accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our shares.
In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness in the future or our inability to cure the material weakness we previously discovered and disclosed, by definition, could have a material adverse impact on our financial statements. Such an occurrence could negatively affect our business and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public equity or debt markets for capital.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
95
Risks Related to the Merger and Related Transactions (Post-Closing)
The Merger may not produce the anticipated benefits, and the Company may be unable to successfully integrate the acquired business.
Although the Merger has been completed, the Company may not realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger, including expected synergies, growth opportunities, or cost savings. The Company’s ability to achieve these benefits depends on a number of factors, including the successful integration of the MindWave business, which may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected.
The Company may incur additional costs and liabilities arising from the Merger.
Following the closing of the Merger, the Company may continue to incur significant costs related to integration, restructuring, professional fees, and other transaction-related expenses. In addition, the Company may be subject to liabilities arising from the MindWave business that were not known or fully quantified at the time the Merger Agreement was entered into.
The Merger Agreement may continue to affect the Company’s operations and capital structure.
Certain provisions of the Merger Agreement, including those governing the issuance and the conversion of the Preferred Stock, continue to apply following the closing of the Merger and may limit the Company’s flexibility with respect to capital structure, financings, or other corporate actions.
Risks Related to the Reverse Stock Split
The reverse stock split may not result in a sustained increase in the market price of the Common Stock.
There can be no assurance that the reverse stock split will result in an increase in the market price of the Common Stock for any meaningful period. If the market price does not increase proportionally, the Company’s market capitalization could decline.
The reverse stock split may reduce the liquidity of the Common Stock.
The reverse stock split will reduce the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, which could reduce liquidity and increase volatility in the trading price of the Common Stock.
Stockholders will not experience an increase in proportional ownership.
Although the reverse stock split will proportionally reduce the number of shares of Common Stock held by each stockholder, it will not change the stockholder’s ownership percentage in the Company.
Risks Related to Equity Incentive Plans
Equity incentive plans may result in additional dilution.
The adoption of a new equity incentive plan or amendments to an existing equity incentive plan may result in the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or equity awards, which would further dilute existing stockholders.
Equity-based compensation may increase expenses without corresponding benefits.
Equity-based compensation may increase the Company’s compensation expenses and may not result in improved performance, retention, or stockholder value.
96
Risks Related to MindWave’s Business
MindWave’s quarterly operating results, revenues, and expenses may fluctuate significantly, which could have an adverse effect on the market price of our listed securities.
MindWave’s quarterly operating results, revenues, and expenses are subject to significant variability, and its historical financial results may not be indicative of future performance. These fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our listed securities.
MindWave’s results of operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including:
• fluctuations in the price of bitcoin and the associated impact of fair value accounting under ASU 2023-08;
• changes in demand for bitcoin-backed lending products, including borrower defaults, prepayments, or collateral liquidations;
• recognition of gains or losses upon the sale of bitcoin, if we choose to sell bitcoin to meet liquidity needs or other strategic objectives;
• regulatory, commercial, and technical developments related to bitcoin, the Bitcoin blockchain, or the digital asset lending industry more broadly;
• the incurrence of fixed obligations, including interest expense on debt, dividend obligations on any preferred stock we may issue, office leases, and personnel costs;
• the impact of macroeconomic and global events — including inflation, rising interest rates, war, terrorism, infectious diseases (such as COVID-19), natural disasters, and government responses to such events — on the global economy and the market for and price of bitcoin;
• adjustments to our tax liabilities, deferred tax balances, or valuation allowances, which may vary based on profitability and fair value changes in bitcoin; and
• increases or decreases in our unrecognized tax benefits.
Because of these factors, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of MindWave’s operating results may not be a reliable indicator of future performance. It is possible that in one or more future quarters, MindWave’s operating results may fall below the expectations of public market analysts or investors. If this occurs, the market price of our listed securities could decline.
Limited ability to adjust expense and reliance on Bitcoin sales to meet liquidity needs.
MindWave’s operating expense budgets are based on expected revenue trends and strategic objectives. Many of its expenses, such as interest expense on borrowings, personnel costs, office leases, and regulatory compliance obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to reduce spending quickly enough to offset an unexpected shortfall in revenues, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. To meet liquidity needs under such circumstances, we may be required to sell bitcoin, raise additional debt or equity financing, or take other actions. Reliance on bitcoin sales exposes us to the volatility of the bitcoin market, and periods of sharp declines in bitcoin prices could force us to sell at unfavorable times or values, potentially resulting in realized losses and reduced capital resources. In addition, the relative illiquidity of the bitcoin market compared to traditional capital markets could make it difficult to liquidate large positions without negatively impacting the market price of bitcoin. Any such sales or financings could cause significant variation in our quarterly operating results and, in the case of equity financing, may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
97
MindWave’s reliance on Bitcoin sales to meet liquidity needs may expose us to volatility and adverse market conditions.
MindWave holds the majority of its assets in bitcoin. To the extent we are required to liquidate bitcoin holdings to fund operations, meet liquidity needs, or service debt obligations, we will be subject to the volatility of the bitcoin market. Periods of sharp declines in bitcoin prices could force us to sell at unfavorable times or values, potentially resulting in realized losses and reduced capital resources. In addition, the size and relative illiquidity of the bitcoin market compared to traditional capital markets could make it difficult for us to liquidate large positions without negatively impacting the market price of bitcoin. Any such forced sales could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
MindWave may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability in future periods.
MindWave has not yet achieved profitability, and there can be no assurance that it will become profitable in future periods. MindWave’s ability to achieve and maintain profitability depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside its control, including fluctuations in the price of bitcoin, demand for its bitcoin-backed products, borrower defaults, regulatory developments, and the volatility of its reported earnings under recently adopted accounting guidance.
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-08, Accounting for and Disclosure of Crypto Assets. This guidance requires entities to measure crypto assets, including bitcoin, at fair value with changes recognized in net income each reporting period. As a result, MindWave’s financial results may be subject to significant volatility, and may report material losses in periods of bitcoin price declines. Conversely, periods of bitcoin price appreciation may result in reported gains. This volatility could make it more difficult for MindWave to achieve consistent profitability from period to period.
As of [—], MindWave did not have any deferred tax assets. If, in future periods, MindWave generates deferred tax assets and the market value of bitcoin at a reporting date is less than the average cost basis of its bitcoin holdings, MindWave may be required to establish a valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets. Any significant increase in a valuation allowance could result in a charge that would materially adversely affect MindWave’s net income for the period in which the charge is recorded.
If MindWave is unable to achieve or maintain profitability, its results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, and the market price of our securities could decline.
MindWave’s bitcoin strategy exposes us to risks associated with bitcoin, including changes in accounting treatment of our holdings that could increase the volatility of our results.
MindWave’s strategy to hold bitcoin as a treasury asset exposes us to a number of risks, including the following:
Bitcoin is a highly volatile asset. Bitcoin has experienced extreme price volatility. The trading price of bitcoin has significantly decreased in prior periods, and similar declines may occur again in the future, which could adversely affect our financial results and the market price of our securities.
Bitcoin does not generate cash flows. Bitcoin does not pay interest or dividends. MindWave can only generate liquidity from its bitcoin holdings if they sell bitcoin or use it as collateral to support income-generating strategies. Even if they pursue such strategies, there is no assurance that they will generate sufficient cash flow or that they will not expose them to additional risks, including borrower defaults, counterparty risk, or regulatory restrictions.
MindWave’s bitcoin holdings significantly impact our financial results and the market price of our listed securities. MindWave’s bitcoin holdings materially affect our financial results. If MindWave continues to increase its overall bitcoin holdings, the impact of price fluctuations in bitcoin on our results of operations and on the market price of our securities will likely become even greater.
MindWave’s assets are concentrated in bitcoin. The majority of MindWave’s assets are concentrated in bitcoin. This lack of diversification exposes us to greater risk than companies whose treasury assets consist of a more traditional or diversified portfolio.
98
MindWave relies on access to equity and debt financing to support their bitcoin strategy. We expect to finance, purchases of bitcoin and business operations primarily through equity and debt financings. Our ability to raise financing on favorable terms depends in part on the value of our bitcoin holdings, market sentiment toward bitcoin, and investor perception of our business. If we cannot obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, we may not be able to successfully execute on our bitcoin strategy.
MindWave’s bitcoin strategy is unproven over the long term. MindWave’s strategy of holding bitcoin as a treasury reserve has not been tested over an extended period of time or under a wide range of market conditions. While we believe bitcoin has long-term potential as a store of value and hedge against inflation, in the short term bitcoin’s price has declined during periods of rising inflation. If MindWave’s bitcoin strategy proves unsuccessful, our financial condition, results of operations, and the market price of our securities could be materially adversely affected.
The broader digital assets industry is subject to counterparty and systemic risks. Recent bankruptcies, liquidations, and regulatory enforcement actions in the digital assets industry have negatively impacted confidence in digital asset markets and, in the short term, the adoption and use of bitcoin. Future failures of participants in the digital asset industry could further negatively impact the adoption, price, and use of bitcoin, limit our ability to access financing collateralized by bitcoin, or increase counterparty risks applicable to our business.
The digital assets industry is rapidly evolving. The legal, regulatory, technical, and accounting environment for digital assets continues to evolve. Changes in adoption rates, technology, regulation, accounting treatment, or market perception could materially and adversely impact bitcoin, MindWave’s business, and our business in ways that cannot currently be predicted.
Bitcoin is a highly volatile asset, and fluctuations in its price have in the past and are likely in the future to materially influence our financial results and the market price of our Common Stock.
Bitcoin is a highly volatile asset. MindWave’s financial results and the market price of our listed securities would be adversely affected, and our business and financial condition would be negatively impacted, if the price of bitcoin were to decrease substantially (as it has in the past, including during 2022). Factors that may cause the price of bitcoin to decrease include, but are not limited to:
• Market activity and trading dynamics. Volatility driven by retail and institutional speculators, actual or expected sales by large holders (including court-ordered liquidations following bankruptcies, hacks, or seizures), and manipulation of spot or derivative bitcoin markets or spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”).
• Negative publicity and sentiment. Adverse media coverage or public perception that bitcoin is used for illicit purposes (such as sanctions evasion, criminal financing, or terrorism), regulatory actions against leading market participants (such as Coinbase or Binance), the bankruptcies of digital asset companies (such as FTX, BlockFi, or Celsius), or heightened concerns over bitcoin’s environmental impact.
• Competition and substitution. The emergence of alternative digital assets with greater speed, scalability, or energy efficiency, including stablecoins, central bank digital currencies, or asset-backed tokens, that divert adoption away from bitcoin.
• Systemic industry failures. Insolvency of major custodians, exchanges, lenders, or banks serving the digital assets sector (e.g., Silvergate, Signature, Prime Trust), or exits of significant market participants, which reduce confidence and liquidity in digital asset markets.
• Technological and protocol risks. Changes or failures in the Bitcoin protocol, such as consensus bugs, scalability issues, or contested upgrades; reductions in mining rewards due to halving events (most recently in April 2024); rising mining costs; or advances in mathematics or computing (such as quantum computing) that could undermine the cryptography securing the Bitcoin blockchain.
• Regulatory, legislative, and enforcement actions. Restrictions on ownership, transfer, custody, trading, or use of bitcoin; enforcement actions against exchanges or service providers; or changes in tax treatment that reduce demand or liquidity.
99
• Macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions. Rising interest rates, inflationary or deflationary pressures, fiscal and monetary policy shifts, trade restrictions, fiat currency devaluations, sanctions regimes, wars, terrorism, pandemics, and political instability (including the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and instability in the Middle East).
• Operational challenges. Congestion on the Bitcoin network, increased transaction fees, or loss of confidence in bitcoin’s functionality as a medium of exchange or store of value.
Because bitcoin price volatility directly affects the fair value of MindWave’s treasury holdings, substantial decreases in bitcoin’s price could have a disproportionate impact on MindWave’s financial condition, results of operations, and the market price of our securities.
Bitcoin and other digital assets are novel assets, and are subject to significant legal, commercial, regulatory, and technical uncertainty.
Bitcoin and other digital assets are relatively novel and remain subject to significant uncertainty, which could adversely affect their price and adoption. Because MindWave’s business strategy includes holding bitcoin and providing bitcoin-backed lending, developments affecting the legal, commercial, regulatory, or technical status of bitcoin or other digital assets could materially impact MindWave’s financial condition, results of operations, and the market price of our securities.
Legal and regulatory uncertainty. The application of state, federal, and foreign securities laws and other laws to digital assets is unclear in certain respects, and regulators may interpret or apply existing laws in ways that adversely affect the price of bitcoin or MindWave’s ability to own, hold, or transfer bitcoin. The U.S. federal government, state governments, regulatory agencies, and foreign jurisdictions may enact new laws or pursue enforcement, legislative, or judicial actions that restrict digital asset activities. Recent examples include:
• the SEC’s enforcement actions against Coinbase, Inc., Binance Holdings Ltd., and Kraken, alleging violations of securities laws;
• the settlement in November 2023 requiring Binance to pay $4.3 billion in penalties and to exit the U.S. market;
• the European Union’s adoption of the Markets in Crypto Assets Regulation (“MiCA”), a comprehensive framework for digital asset issuance and use;
• the United Kingdom’s adoption of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2023 (“FSMA 2023”), extending regulation to “cryptoassets”; and
• the People’s Bank of China declaring all cryptocurrency transactions illegal and banning mining.
It is not possible to predict whether or when new laws will be enacted, how existing laws will be applied, or how additional regulatory oversight may impact digital asset markets, service providers, or MindWave’s own operations. Such developments could reduce liquidity, discourage institutional or retail participation in digital assets, or negatively affect MindWave’s ability to hold or transact in bitcoin.
Technical uncertainty. Bitcoin has no physical existence beyond the record of transactions on its blockchain. A number of technical factors could undermine confidence in bitcoin and reduce its price, including:
• malicious attacks by miners or other bad actors;
• inadequate mining rewards or fees that discourage transaction validation;
• hard “forks” creating competing blockchains;
• advances in mathematics or computing, including quantum computing, that undermine the cryptography securing the Bitcoin network; and
• congestion, high transaction fees, or loss of confidence in the usability of bitcoin.
100
Financial services uncertainty. The liquidity of bitcoin and the broader digital asset market may be reduced if banks and financial institutions deny or limit services to businesses that hold or transact in digital assets. Past regulatory actions, such as the February 2023 “Interagency Liquidity Risk Statement” issued by U.S. banking regulators, have contributed to reduced access to banking services for digital asset businesses. Similar restrictions in the future could limit access to financial services for bitcoin-related businesses, further reducing liquidity and confidence in the market.
Because MindWave’s business model depends on bitcoin as a treasury asset, any legal, commercial, regulatory, or technical developments that negatively impact the price or adoption of bitcoin could materially and adversely affect MindWave’s financial condition, results of operations, and the market price of our securities.
MindWave’s limited operating history and adoption of new accounting guidance may cause significant variability in reported earnings relating to MindWave’s bitcoin holdings.
MindWave’s limited operating history means its historical financial statements do not reflect the potential variability in earnings that may result from its bitcoin strategy. The price of bitcoin has historically been highly volatile, experiencing dramatic price fluctuations within short periods of time, and this volatility is likely to materially impact our financial results in future periods.
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-08, requires entities holding crypto assets, such as bitcoin, to measure such assets at fair value at the end of each reporting period and to recognize changes in fair value through net income.
Further, MindWave intends to purchase additional bitcoin over time. As the proportion of its assets represented by bitcoin increases, the impact of bitcoin price movements on reported financial results will also increase. Accordingly, our future earnings may fluctuate significantly from period to period, and investors should not rely on MindWave’s historical financial results as an indication of future performance.
The availability of spot ETPs for bitcoin and other digital assets may adversely affect the market price of our listed securities.
Although bitcoin and other digital assets have experienced a surge of investor attention since bitcoin was introduced in 2008, until recently U.S. investors had limited means to gain direct exposure to bitcoin through traditional investment channels. Most investors either held bitcoin directly through hosted or unhosted wallets or sought exposure through private placement investment vehicles. Historically, such private vehicles often traded at a premium to net asset value, in part because of the scarcity of traditional investment products providing exposure to bitcoin.
On January 10, 2024, the SEC approved the listing and trading of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”), which commenced trading on January 11, 2024, with significant volume on the first day. On May 23, 2024, the SEC also approved rule changes permitting the listing and trading of spot ETPs for ether, which began trading in July 2024. These approvals have provided investors with accessible, low-cost options to gain direct exposure to bitcoin and other digital assets through traditional brokerage accounts.
To the extent that investors perceive our securities as a substitute for spot bitcoin ETPs, demand for our stock may decline if investors instead choose to allocate capital to such ETPs, which may be viewed as offering “pure play” exposure to bitcoin with certain structural advantages. For example, unlike spot bitcoin ETPs:
• our shares of Common Stock are subject to federal income taxation at the corporate level;
• we do not seek to track the value of bitcoin or operate under a trust structure that limits us to a single stated investment objective; and
• our shares of Common Stock are not continuously aligned to bitcoin’s market price through the creation and redemption mechanisms available to ETPs.
Investor comparisons to ETPs and other investment vehicles offering exposure to bitcoin may affect how our stock is valued in the market. As a result, the availability of spot ETPs for bitcoin and other digital assets could adversely affect the trading price of our shares of Common Stock.
101
MindWave’s bitcoin strategy subjects us to enhanced regulatory oversight.
Several spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) have recently received approval from the SEC to list their shares on U.S. national securities exchanges with continuous share creation and redemption at net asset value. Although MindWave is not, and does not function in the manner of, a spot bitcoin ETP, its strategy of acquiring and holding bitcoin may nevertheless attract regulatory scrutiny from the SEC or other federal and state agencies.
There has also been increasing regulatory and public focus on the extent to which digital assets may be used to launder proceeds of illegal activities, finance criminal or terrorist organizations, or evade sanctions regimes, including those adopted in response to the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine. While MindWave maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable anti-money laundering and sanctions laws and plan to acquire bitcoin only through U.S.-regulated entities subject to AML requirements, if it were determined that it purchased bitcoin from a bad actor or sanctioned person, it could be subject to significant regulatory proceedings and restrictions or prohibitions on further transactions.
MindWave intends to acquire bitcoin in the future. Should it incur indebtedness or enter into financial arrangements collateralized by its bitcoin holdings, or pursue strategies designed to generate income streams or liquidity from its bitcoin, such transactions could subject us to heightened regulatory oversight, including potential compliance obligations under federal and state money services business regulations, money transmitter licensing requirements, and securities or commodities laws.
Following the collapse and Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing of FTX in November 2022, regulators in the U.S. and abroad have increased their scrutiny of the digital assets industry. While the FTX collapse did not directly impact our business, it has contributed to heightened enforcement activity and calls for new or revised regulatory frameworks. Future regulatory actions, changing interpretations of existing laws, or new legislation could significantly limit our ability to hold or transact in bitcoin or impose additional compliance costs.
In addition, private market participants wary of bitcoin-related risks have restricted access to securities with bitcoin exposure. For example, an affiliate of HSBC Holdings prohibited customers of its HSBC InvestDirect retail investment platform from purchasing securities of an issuer with significant bitcoin exposure. Similar actions by other financial institutions, broker-dealers, or custodians could adversely affect the liquidity of our securities or the market price of our stock.
Due to the unregulated nature and lack of transparency surrounding the operations of many bitcoin trading venues, such venues may experience greater fraud, security failures, or regulatory or operational problems than trading venues for more established asset classes, which may result in a loss of confidence in bitcoin trading venues and adversely affect the value of MindWave’s future bitcoin holdings.
Bitcoin trading venues are relatively new and, in many cases, unregulated. Many do not provide the public with meaningful transparency regarding their ownership structure, management teams, corporate practices, or regulatory compliance. As a result, the marketplace may lose confidence in bitcoin trading venues, including even prominent exchanges that handle significant volumes of bitcoin trading and are subject to regulatory oversight. If one or more major trading venues were to cease or pause operations for a prolonged period, or experience fraud, security breaches, large withdrawal volumes, or other operational problems, the price of bitcoin could decline substantially.
For example, reports published in 2019 suggested that as much as 80 – 95% of reported bitcoin trading volume was false or non-economic in nature, primarily on unregulated offshore exchanges. More recently, the SEC’s June 5, 2023 complaint against Binance Holdings Ltd. alleged that Binance engaged in “wash trading” through affiliates to artificially inflate reported trading volumes. The SEC has also brought actions against individuals and digital asset platforms alleging similar manipulative practices. These allegations and findings suggest that the true size and depth of the bitcoin market may be significantly smaller than commonly believed. Any actual or perceived fraudulent or manipulative activity in the bitcoin markets could adversely impact the price of bitcoin and, correspondingly, the value of any bitcoin we acquire in the future.
102
Moreover, the collapse or disruption of other key participants in the bitcoin ecosystem — including trading venues, lending platforms, custodians, or institutional investors — could materially reduce confidence in bitcoin. For instance, in 2022, Celsius Network, Voyager Digital, Three Arrows Capital, FTX, and BlockFi each filed for bankruptcy, events that contributed to sharp declines in the market prices of bitcoin and other digital assets. Similarly, in 2023, the SEC brought enforcement actions against Coinbase, Binance, and Kraken, which were followed by significant price declines in bitcoin and other digital assets. If similar failures or regulatory actions occur in the future, they could negatively affect bitcoin markets and, as a result, the value of MindWave’s bitcoin holdings and our stock price.
The concentration of MindWave’s bitcoin holdings will enhance the risks inherent in our bitcoin strategy.
Concentrating a substantial portion of our treasury assets in bitcoin exposes us to the full volatility of a single, highly speculative asset class and limits the diversification that could otherwise mitigate risk. The price of bitcoin has historically experienced significant fluctuations, including in 2022 when it lost more than half its market value. Any similar or future decline in the price of bitcoin would have a proportionally greater adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations than if we held a diversified portfolio of assets.
As MindWave’s bitcoin holdings grow, the volatility and risks associated with bitcoin are expected to become increasingly pronounced in our financial statements and may contribute to volatility in the market price of our common stock.
The emergence or growth of other digital assets, including those with significant private or public sector backing, could have a negative impact on the price of bitcoin and adversely affect MindWave’s business.
MindWave intends to pursue a bitcoin acquisition and treasury strategy, which will result in a concentration of its assets in bitcoin. Accordingly, the emergence or growth of other digital assets could have a material adverse effect on MindWave’s future financial condition and results of operations.
As of July 2025, bitcoin remains the largest digital asset by market capitalization. However, there are numerous alternative digital assets, and many entities — including financial institutions and consortiums — are investing in private or permissioned blockchain platforms or alternative validation mechanisms. For example, in 2022 the Ethereum network transitioned from proof-of-work mining to a “proof-of-stake” mechanism, which requires significantly less computing power and has since undergone additional upgrades. If proof-of-stake or other mechanisms are perceived as more efficient, sustainable, or scalable than bitcoin’s proof-of-work system, alternative digital assets may gain market share relative to bitcoin.
Other digital assets, such as “stablecoins,” are designed to maintain a constant value, often pegged to the U.S. dollar and backed by reserves of liquid assets like U.S. Treasury securities. Stablecoins have grown rapidly as a medium of exchange and store of value on digital asset trading platforms. As of 2024, two of the eight largest digital assets by market capitalization were U.S. dollar-pegged stablecoins.
In addition, central banks in various jurisdictions are exploring or introducing central bank digital currencies (“CBDCs”). For example, China launched its CBDC pilot to consumers in 2022, and governments including the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, and Israel continue to evaluate the development of their own CBDCs. CBDCs, as legal tender in their respective jurisdictions, could compete with or even displace bitcoin as a medium of exchange or store of value.
As a result, the emergence or growth of other digital assets, including stablecoins and CBDCs, could reduce demand for bitcoin and adversely affect its market price, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on MindWave’s business, strategy, and financial condition.
103
A cyberattack or significant disruption of MindWave’s information technology systems could adversely affect its business, results of operations, and financial condition
MindWave relies heavily on information technology systems for administrative and general operational management. A cyberattack, data breach, prolonged outage, or other significant disruption of MindWave’s IT systems, or those of its vendors and partners, could impair its ability to process transactions, service customers, or safeguard collateral.
Because MindWave also collects, transmits, and sensitive information, any unauthorized access, exfiltration, or alteration of such information could result in reputational harm, litigation, regulatory investigations, and significant remediation costs. Outsourcing portions of MindWave’s IT infrastructure to third-party providers increases MindWave’s exposure to risks originating in its vendors’ systems, including potential supply-chain attacks.
While MindWave will maintain cybersecurity protocols and carry cyber liability insurance, the sophistication and frequency of attacks — often by state actors, organized criminal groups, and other well-funded actors — makes it impossible to guarantee prevention of all intrusions. Insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for all losses. Any such attack or disruption could materially and adversely affect MindWave’s operations, financial condition, and ability to grow.
Cyberattacks directed at digital asset companies have become more frequent and sophisticated, with some attacks linked to state-sponsored groups. Ongoing geopolitical conflicts may heighten the risk of systemic cyber incidents, including malware or ransomware targeting custodians or exchanges. If MindWave or its partners are subject to such attacks it could have material adverse effects on its operations.
Changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy or the collection, processing, disclosure, storage, localization, or transmission of personal data, or any actual or perceived failure by us or our third-party service providers to comply with such laws and regulations, contractual obligations, or applicable privacy policies, could materially adversely affect our business
Certain aspects of our business involve collecting, processing, disclosing, storing, and transmitting personal data, which are subject to certain privacy policies, contractual obligations, and U.S. and foreign laws, regulations, and directives relating to privacy and data protection. In addition, the types of data subject to protection as personal data in the European Union, China, the United States, and elsewhere have been expanding. In recent years, the collection and use of personal data by companies have come under increased regulatory and public scrutiny, especially in relation to the collection and processing of sensitive data, such as healthcare, biometric, genetic, financial services, and children’s data, precise location data, and data regarding a person’s race or ethnic origins, political opinions, or religious beliefs.
There are various enforcement agencies at both the state and federal level that review compliance with these requirements, including the United States Department of Health and Human Services for potential violations of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”). If we are subject to a potential FTC enforcement action, we may be subject to a settlement order that requires us to adhere to very specific privacy and data security practices, which may impact our business. We may also be required to pay fines as part of a settlement (depending on the nature of the alleged violations). If we violate any consent order that we reach with the FTC, we may be subject to additional fines and compliance requirements. We face risks of similar enforcement from State Attorneys General and, potentially, other regulatory agencies.
Similar laws exist in other foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union, that may impact our business activities. In addition, various U.S. federal and state government agencies and foreign government bodies may enact new or additional laws or regulations, or issue rulings that invalidate prior laws or regulations, concerning privacy, data storage, data protection, and cross-border transfer of data that could materially adversely impact our business.
Any systems failure or security breach that results in the release of, or unauthorized access to, personal data, or any failure or perceived failure by us or our third-party service providers to comply with applicable privacy policies, contractual obligations, or any applicable laws or regulations relating to privacy or data protection, could result in proceedings against us by domestic or foreign government entities or others, including private plaintiffs in litigation. Such proceedings could result in the imposition of sanctions, fines, penalties, liabilities, government orders, and/or orders requiring that we change our data practices, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, reputation, and financial condition.
104
Furthermore, the U.S. Congress is considering comprehensive privacy legislation. At this time, it is unclear whether Congress will pass such a law and if so, when and what it will require and prohibit. Moreover, it is not clear whether any such legislation would give the FTC any new authority to impose civil penalties for violations of the Federal Trade Commission Act in the first instance, whether Congress will grant the FTC rulemaking authority over privacy and information security, or whether Congress will vest some or all privacy and data security regulatory authority and enforcement power in a new agency, akin to EU data protection authorities.
Complying with these and other changing requirements could cause us or our customers to incur substantial costs or pay substantial fines or penalties, require us to change our business practices, require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, or limit our ability to provide certain offerings in certain jurisdictions, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and operating results. New laws or regulations restricting or limiting the collection or use of mobile data could also reduce demand for certain of our offerings or require changes to our business practices, which could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.
105
unaudited pro forma financial information
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information presents the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and statement of operations based upon the combined historical financial statements of the Company and MindWave after giving effect to the Mergers and the adjustments described in the accompanying notes.
The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheets of the Company and MindWave as of September 30, 2025 have been prepared to reflect the effects of the Mergers as if they occurred on September 30, 2025. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the Company and MindWave for the six months ended September 30, 2025 combine the historical results and operations of the Company and APUS giving effect to the Mergers as if they occurred on April 1, 2025. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the Company and MindWave for the twelve months ended March 31, 2025 combine the historical results and operations of the Company and APUS giving effect to the Mergers as if they occurred on April 1, 2024.
The fiscal year end of MindWave is March 31, 2025, which was used as the basis of presentation in the accompanying pro forma financial statements.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of the Company and APUS and the notes thereto. Additional information about the basis of presentation of this information is provided in Note 2 below.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Although the Company is the legal acquirer, the Merger is accounted for as a reverse acquisition under US GAAP, with MindWave Innovations Inc. identified as the accounting acquirer due to its dominant controlling interest. For accounting purposes, MindWave is treated as the acquiring entity, and the Company’s identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at their estimated fair values as of the closing date.
The preliminary purchase consideration is measured using the deemed issuance method, representing the fair value of the equity interests retained by the original stockholders of APUS. This consideration has been allocated on a provisional basis, resulting in the recognition of goodwill for the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets. These amounts are subject to further adjustment during the measurement period as the Company finalizes its valuations and completes the accounting for the business combination.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the transaction had been completed as of the dates set forth above, nor is it indicative of the future results or financial position of the combined company. In connection with the pro forma financial information, the Company allocated the purchase price using its best estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the pro forma acquisition price adjustments are preliminary and subject to further adjustments as additional information becomes available and as additional analyses are performed. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information also does not give effect to the potential impact of current financial conditions, any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may result from the transaction or any integration costs. Furthermore, the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations do not include certain nonrecurring charges and the related tax effects which result directly from the transaction as described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial information.
106
Unaudited Proforma Combined Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended September 30, 2025
|
MindWave |
APUS |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||||
|
Revenue |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Operating expense (income): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
General and administrative |
|
3,371,133 |
|
|
3,236,666 |
|
|
— |
|
|
6,607,799 |
|
||||||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
|
1,271,477 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,271,477 |
|
|||||||
|
Distribution and commission expenses |
|
4,634,172 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,634,172 |
|
||||||
|
Trading gains, net |
|
(3,300 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(3,300 |
) |
||||||
|
Realized gain on sale of digital assets |
|
(10,479,790 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(10,479,790 |
) |
||||||
|
Unrealized gain from changes in fair value of digital assets |
|
9,066,549 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
9,066,549 |
|
||||||
|
Total operating expense (income) |
|
6,588,764 |
|
|
4,508,143 |
|
|
— |
|
|
11,096,907 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Loss from operations |
|
(6,588,764 |
) |
|
(4,508,143 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(11,096,907 |
) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
— |
|
|
22,377 |
|
|
— |
|
|
22,377 |
|
||||||
|
Interest income |
|
— |
|
|
71,673 |
|
|
— |
|
|
71,673 |
|
||||||
|
Interest expense |
|
— |
|
|
(29,355 |
) |
|
(261,000 |
) |
(D) |
|
(290,355 |
) |
|||||
|
Total other income (expense) |
|
— |
|
|
64,695 |
|
|
(261,000 |
) |
|
(196,305 |
) |
||||||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(6,588,764 |
) |
$ |
(4,443,448 |
) |
$ |
(261,000 |
) |
$ |
(11,293,212 |
) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Net loss per share – basic and diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.07 |
) |
|||||||||
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162,116,314 |
|
|||||||||
107
Unaudited Proforma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended March 31, 2025
|
MindWave |
APUS |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||||
|
Revenue |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Operating (income) expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
General and administrative |
|
2,674,157 |
|
|
1,367,737 |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,041,894 |
|
||||||
|
Distribution and commission expenses |
|
3,718,158 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,718,158 |
|
||||||
|
Realized gain on sale of digital assets |
|
(8,360,488 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(8,360,488 |
) |
||||||
|
Unrealized gain from changes in fair value of digital assets |
|
(53,930,184 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(53,930,184 |
) |
||||||
|
Total operating (income) expense |
|
(55,898,357 |
) |
|
1,367,737 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(54,530,620 |
) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
55,898,357 |
|
|
(1,367,737 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
54,530,620 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Interest income |
|
— |
|
|
666 |
|
|
— |
|
|
666 |
|
||||||
|
Interest expense |
|
— |
|
|
(128,843 |
) |
|
(522,000 |
) |
|
(650,843 |
) |
||||||
|
Total other income (expense) |
|
— |
|
|
(128,177 |
) |
|
(522,000 |
) |
|
(650,177 |
) |
||||||
|
Net (loss) income |
$ |
55,898,357 |
|
$ |
(1,495,914 |
) |
$ |
(522,000 |
) |
$ |
53,880,443 |
|
||||||
|
Net (loss) income per share – basic and diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|||||||||
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157,444,181 |
|
|||||||||
108
Unaudited Proforma Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2025
|
MindWave |
APUS |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
6 |
$ |
6,986,617 |
|
$ |
12,006,000 |
|
(C) |
$ |
18,992,623 |
|||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
— |
|
2,099,491 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,099,491 |
||||||
|
Digital assets, at fair value |
|
3,300 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,300 |
||||||
|
Total current assets |
|
3,306 |
|
9,086,108 |
|
|
12,006,000 |
|
|
21,095,414 |
||||||
|
Digital assets, at fair value |
|
132,273,773 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
132,273,773 |
||||||
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
— |
|
34,188 |
|
|
— |
|
|
34,188 |
||||||
|
Goodwill |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
18,486,810 |
|
(A) |
|
18,486,810 |
|||||
|
Long-term portion of prepaid expenses |
|
— |
|
129,740 |
|
|
— |
|
|
129,740 |
||||||
|
Total assets |
$ |
132,277,079 |
$ |
9,250,036 |
|
$ |
30,492,810 |
|
$ |
172,019,925 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ |
— |
$ |
567,633 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
567,633 |
||||||
|
Accrued interest – related party |
|
— |
|
21,651 |
|
|
— |
|
|
21,651 |
||||||
|
Advance payable to related party |
|
— |
|
100 |
|
|
— |
|
|
100 |
||||||
|
Notes payable – related party |
|
— |
|
500,000 |
|
|
— |
|
|
500,000 |
||||||
|
Total current liabilities |
|
— |
|
1,089,384 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,089,384 |
||||||
|
Convertible note, net of debt discount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,006,000 |
|
(C) |
|
12,006,000 |
|||||
|
Total liabilities |
|
— |
|
1,089,384 |
|
|
12,006,000 |
|
|
13,095,384 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Preferred stock |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
1,495,403 |
|
(A) |
|
— |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
(1,495,403 |
) |
(D) |
|
|||||||||
|
Common stock |
|
10 |
|
125,760 |
|
|
149,705 |
|
(B) |
|
1,645,108 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
(125,770 |
) |
(B) |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
1,495,403 |
|
(D) |
|
|||||||||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
82,969,083 |
|
17,272,661 |
|
|
25,002,363 |
|
(A) |
|
107,971,446 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
(17,272,661 |
) |
(B) |
|
|||||||||
|
Retained earnings (deficit) |
|
49,307,986 |
|
(9,237,769 |
) |
|
9,237,769 |
|
(B) |
|
49,307,986 |
|||||
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
132,277,079 |
|
8,160,652 |
|
|
18,486,810 |
|
|
158,924,541 |
||||||
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ |
132,277,079 |
$ |
9,250,036 |
|
$ |
30,492,810 |
|
$ |
172,019,925 |
||||||
(A) The purchase consideration is measured as the fair value of the 9.1% equity interest retained by the original APUS stockholders. Using the quoted market price of $1.78 of APUS at September 30, 2025, the total consideration is $26,647,462 based on 14,970,484 common shares held by APUS. Under ASC 805-30-30-1, the excess of this price over the $8,160,652 fair value of APUS’s net assets results in the recognition of $18,486,810 in pro forma goodwill.
(B) The historical equity of APUS is eliminated to reflect MindWave as the accounting acquirer. Under ASC 805-40-45-1, the pre-acquisition retained earnings (deficit) and common stock of APUS are reversed in their entirety, as only MindWave’s historical earnings carry forward. These balances are replaced by the “deemed issuance” of 14,970,484 shares at their $1.78 fair value, with the par value credited to preferred stock and the remainder to additional paid-in capital.
109
(C) On December 1, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor for senior unsecured convertible notes totaling $12,900,000 with an 8% original issue discount. At closing, $10,875,000 was funded, with an additional $2,175,000 expected upon effectiveness of the resale registration statement. The adjustment above reflects both the proceeds from the first tranche and expected proceeds upon effectiveness. A debt discount of $1,044,000 was recorded, yielding net proceeds of $12,006,000. The notes bear no interest unless in default, mature 12 months from issuance at par, and are convertible at 80% of the lowest five-day VWAP, subject to monthly limits.
(D) In connection with the merger, the Company issued preferred stock, which has not yet been converted. Upon shareholder approval of the transaction, effective once the information statement is completed and distributed to APUS shareholders, each share of preferred stock will be convertible into common stock in accordance with the governing agreements. For pro forma purposes, the preferred stock has been reflected as converted into common stock in adjustment A.
110
notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information
Basis of Presentation
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the merger between MindWave Innovations Inc. (“MindWave”) and APUS, which was consummated on December 1, 2025. For accounting purposes, the merger is treated as a reverse acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-40. Although APUS is the legal acquirer and the surviving reporting entity, MindWave is designated as the accounting acquirer because its former stockholders hold a 90.9% controlling interest in the combined company. Consequently, the historical financial statements of MindWave become the historical financial statements of the consolidated company, and the assets and liabilities of APUS are recorded at their acquisition-date fair values.
The fiscal year end of MindWave is March 31, 2025, which was used as the basis of presentation in the accompanying pro forma financial statements.
Purchase Price Allocation
The purchase consideration is measured based on the “deemed issuance” of equity interests as prescribed by ASC 805-40-30-2. This represents the fair value of the 9.1% equity interest retained by the original APUS stockholders. Based on the 14,970,484 shares of APUS common stock outstanding at the closing date and the quoted market price of $1.78 per share (a Level 1 input under ASC 820), the total purchase consideration is $26,647,462.
Pro Forma Adjustments
The pro forma adjustments reflect the elimination of APUS’s historical equity balances and the recognition of the new capital structure. Specifically, adjustments were made to remove APUS’s historical common stock, additional paid-in capital, and retained earnings, as MindWave’s historical earnings are the only ones carried forward under ASC 805-40-45-1. Additional adjustments include the recording of the par value of the shares issued in the merger. These adjustments are intended to present the financial position and results of operations as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of each respective period for the statement of operations and as of the most recent period-end for the balance sheet.
Earnings Per Share (EPS)
Pro forma earnings per share is calculated using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, giving effect to the exchange ratio established in the Merger Agreement. In accordance with reverse acquisition guidance, the number of shares used to calculate historical EPS has been retroactively recast to reflect the 90.9% ownership stake held by MindWave shareholders. This ensures that the earnings per share data is comparable across all periods presented and reflects the impact of the 14,970,484 shares retained by APUS shareholders as if those shares were outstanding throughout the entire duration of the periods reported.
Consideration Transferred
|
Number shares to be retained by APUS stockholders |
|
14,970,484 |
|
|
Quoted price of APUS |
$ |
1.78 |
|
|
Purchase Consideration |
$ |
26,647,462 |
|
|
|
|||
|
Book value of net assets of APUS |
|
8,160,652 |
|
|
Goodwill |
$ |
18,486,810 |
111
THE PREFERRED STOCK CONVERSION
Overview
Prior to the entry into the Merger Agreement, the Company was authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement, on December 1, 2025, the Company caused to be filed with the DE SOS a Certificate of Designation, setting forth the preferences, rights, and limitations of the Company preferred stock, as amended by the filing of a Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation on December 10, 2025 (the “Certificate of Designation”). The original Certificate of Designation is attached as Annex E and the Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation is attached as Annex F.
The Certificate of Designation designated 7,477,017 shares of the Company’s preferred stock as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock”, which (i) shall have no voting rights, (ii) shall be entitled to receive the same dividend or distribution as if the shares of Company preferred stock had been converted into Company Common Stock immediately prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution, (iii) shall be entitled to share pro rata with the holders of Company Common Stock in any distribution of the remaining assets of the Company, (iv) is not convertible at the election of the holder, and (v) effective as of 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date that is the third business day following the later of (i) the Action Effective Time, which is the date on which the approval of the Preferred Stock Conversion (each share of Company Common Stock issued in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion, a “Conversion Share”) in accordance with the listing rules of the NYSE American, is effective, and (ii) the date on which the NYSE American has approved any required new listing application, including any resulting from a change in control or Reverse Merger (as defined in Section 341 of the NYSE American Company Guide), such that (A) the Company satisfies all applicable continuing listing requirements of the NYSE American (or has been granted a grace period therefrom), (B) the Company has not received any notice of non-compliance from the NYSE American, and (C) the Conversion Shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE American, each share of Company Preferred Stock then outstanding shall automatically, and without any action required by the holder thereof, convert into a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the Conversion Ratio (as defined below).
The “Conversion Ratio” for each share of Company Preferred Stock shall be twenty (20) shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the Preferred Stock Conversion of each share of Company Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the Certificate of Designation.
At the Effective Time, (i) each share of MindWave common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, consisting of shares of Company Preferred Stock; and (ii) each holder of such shares shall receive, for each share of MindWave Common Stock held immediately prior to the Effective Time, a pro rata portion of the Merger Consideration, allocated as follows: (A) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Common Stock, such that the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued to all holders of MindWave Common Stock shall equal 0% of the total number of shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date of the Merger Agreement (the “Common Stock Cap”), with each holder’s allocation rounded down to the nearest whole share; and (B) a number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company Preferred Stock, such that, immediately following the Effective Time, the holders of MindWave Common Stock collectively hold, on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis, 90.9% of the total issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company (exclusive of the Company Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (A) and calculated on a fully diluted basis). The shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock issued to holders of MindWave Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on an as-converted and fully diluted basis, shall collectively represent 90.9% of the equity capital of the Company as of the Closing. For purposes of the Merger Agreement, the shares of Company Common Stock, Company Preferred Stock, and MindWave Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Merger Consideration.”
Additional information on the Certificate of Designation is contained in the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 2, 2025 and December 10, 2025.
NYSE American Requirements and the Necessity of Stockholder Approval
Our Common Stock is currently listed on the NYSE American, and therefore we are subject to the rules of that exchange (the “NYSE American Rules”). Section 713 of the NYSE American Rules requires stockholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with a merger, acquisition, or other transaction where the issuance or potential issuance of common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock) could result in an increase in the number of outstanding common shares of 20%.
112
Upon the effectiveness of the Preferred Stock Conversion, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued will exceed 19.9% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Accordingly, pursuant to Section 713 of the NYSE American Rules, stockholder approval of the Preferred Stock Conversion is required. On December [—], 2025, the Consenting Stockholders, in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, executed the Written Consent approving the Preferred Stock Conversion.
Effect on Current Stockholders
The Preferred Stock Conversion will increase the number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding and will result in dilution of the ownership percentage of our existing stockholders. Because the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the Preferred Stock Conversion is fixed under the Certificate of Designation (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments and administrative rounding), the precise dilutive effect will depend on the number of shares outstanding at the Effective Date.
Stockholder Approval of the Preferred Stock Conversion
The approval of the Preferred Stock Conversion, including for purposes of NYSE American rules, required the affirmative approval of a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock that were entitled to approve the Preferred Stock Conversion.
As of the Record Date, the Company had [—] shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and the Consenting Stockholder held [—] shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date, representing approximately [—]% of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Consenting Stockholders approved the Preferred Stock Conversion upon execution of the Written Consent on [—], 2025, following execution of the Merger Agreement.
This Information Statement is first being mailed on or about [—], 2026, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of the Record Date. The Preferred Stock Conversion shall be effective on or about [—], 2026, or approximately 20 days after we mail this Information Statement.
Notice Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL
Under the DGCL and the Company’s governing documents, the Consenting Stockholders approved the Preferred Stock Conversion. No further vote or action by any other stockholders is required, and no meeting is being held. This Information Statement is being furnished solely to satisfy the notice requirements of DGCL §228.
However, in accordance with the waiting period required by Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act, the Preferred Stock Conversion will not become effective until at least twenty (20) calendar days after the Company sends this Information to its stockholders of record as of the Record Date.
113
THE NOTES CONVERSION AND ISSUANCE
Overview
On December 1, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, attached as Annex B, as amended on December 8, 2025, by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), attached as Annex C, with an institutional investor (the “Investor”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue senior convertible notes (the “Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $120,900,000 at an 8% original issue discount (the “Note Financing”), over a 24-month period (the “Commitment Period”).
The Notes bear no interest unless an event of default occurs. The Notes constitute senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company is required to file a resale registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Resale Registration Statement”) within 45 days of closing and have it declared effective within 75 days (or 120 days in the event of a full SEC review), subject to certain extensions, registering the shares of Company Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of the Notes. Delays beyond these deadlines will result in liquidated damages of 1% of the redemption value for each 30-day period.
In connection with the closing of the Securities Purchase Agreement, $10,875,000 of the principal amount of the Notes shall be made available to the Company, and an additional $2,175,000 shall be funded upon the effectiveness of the Resale Registration Statement. The Investor shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to purchase up to an aggregate of $13,075,000 of such additional Notes in one or more closings. The Investor shall have the ability to purchase, subject to mutual consent of the parties, any amount remaining under the Notes. The Notes shall mature on the 12-month anniversary of their issuance at 100% of the face value. The Investor has the right to convert the notes at 80% of the lowest daily volume weighted average price during the 5-trading day period ending and including the date of conversion (the “Conversion Price”). Monthly conversions using the Conversion Price shall be limited to the greater of (i) 20% of the aggregate of the daily traded value during such calendar month period, and (ii) $2.25 million.
The Notes include customary negative and affirmative covenants for transactions of this type. The investor has agreed to a no net short provision, subject to certain carve-outs. The Investor also has the right to participate in up to 30% of any subsequent financing until the later of six months after the Commitment Period or the Notes’ maturity date.
The Securities Purchase Agreement provides that the Note shall not be fully convertible until the Company receives stockholder approval, and upon such approval, the Notes shall be convertible at the Conversion Price described above.
In connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement, on January 8, 2025, the Company entered into that certain Amendment and Exchange Agreement, attached as Annex D, which amends certain terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, by authorizing a new series of senior secured convertible notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $120,900,000, in exchange of the Notes.
Additional information on the Securities Purchase Agreement is contained in the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 2, 2025 and December 10, 2025.
NYSE American Requirements and the Necessity of Stockholder Approval
Section 713(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide requires an issuer to obtain stockholder approval as a prerequisite to approval of an application to list additional shares whenever the issuer’s sale, issuance, or potential issuance of common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock) equals or exceeds 20% of the issuer’s pre-transaction outstanding shares at a price below the “Minimum Price”, as defined in Section 713(c). Shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of warrants, options, debt instruments, preferred stock or other equity securities issued or granted in such non-public offerings will be considered shares issued in such a transaction in determining whether such 20% limit has been reached, subject to certain exceptions.
The Securities Purchase and the Notes provide that the Notes are not convertible and the Company shall not issue any shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Notes or otherwise, if such issuance would exceed the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock permitted under the rules or regulations of NYSE American (such maximum number of shares, the “Exchange Cap”).
Therefore, the Consenting Stockholders therefore approved the issuance of the number of shares of Common Stock in excess of the Exchange Cap in order to comply with the NYSE American rules.
114
Effect of Stockholder Approval on the Exchange Cap
By obtaining stockholder approval of the issuance of such number of shares of Common Stock in excess the Exchange Cap, we now have the option to issue the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Note, which would exceed 19.99% of our issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the date we executed the Securities Purchase Agreement. The rights or privileges of existing stockholders will not be affected, except that the economic and voting interests of each of our existing stockholders will be diluted should we issue any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Notes. Although the number of shares of our Common Stock that our existing stockholders own will not decrease, the shares of our Common Stock owned by our existing stockholders will represent a smaller percentage of our total outstanding shares of our Common Stock after any such issuance.
Stockholder Approval of the Notes Conversion
The approval of the Notes Conversion, including for purposes of NYSE American rules, required the affirmative approval of a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock that were entitled to approve the Notes Conversion.
As of the Record Date, the Company had [—] shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and the Consenting Stockholder held [—] shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date, representing approximately [—]% of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Consenting Stockholders approved the Notes Conversion upon execution of the Written Consent on [—], 2025, following execution of the Merger Agreement.
This Information Statement is first being mailed on or about [—], 2026, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of the Record Date. The Notes Conversion shall be effective on or about [—], 2026, or approximately 20 days after we mail this Information Statement.
Notice Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL
Under the DGCL and the Company’s governing documents, the Consenting Stockholders approved the Notes Conversion. No further vote or action by any other stockholders is required, and no meeting is being held. This Information Statement is being furnished solely to satisfy the notice requirements of DGCL §228.
However, in accordance with the waiting period required by Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act, the Notes Conversion will not become effective until at least twenty (20) calendar days after the Company sends this Information to its stockholders of record as of the Record Date.
115
Overview
On December [—], 2025, the Consenting Stockholders executed the Written Consent approving a reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock at a ratio of one-for-ten (the “Reverse Stock Split”) and a change in the par value per share of the Company’s Common Stock from $0.01 to $0.001 (the “Change in Par Value”). The Reverse Stock Split and the Change in Par Value were previously approved by the Board of Directors and recommended for stockholder approval. The Reverse Stock Split and the Change in Par Value will be effected by filing a Certificate of Amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Certificate of Amendment”), attached as Annex G, and will become effective at the time specified therein.
Purpose of the Reverse Stock Split
The primary purpose of the Reverse Stock Split is to increase the per share trading price of the Company’s Common Stock. The Consenting Stockholders believe that increase the market price of the Company’s Common Stock may improve the Company’s ability to satisfy applicable listing or continued listing requirements, broaden the pool of potential investors, enhance the marketability of the Company’s Common Stock, and reduce volatility associated with a low trading price.
Upon the effectiveness of the Reverse Stock Split, each ten (10) shares of the Company’s Common Stock will automatically be combined into one issued and outstanding share of Common Stock, and the par value per share of the Company’s common stock will be reduced from $0.01 to $0.001.
Effects of the Reverse Stock Split
The Reverse Stock Split will affect all stockholders uniformly and will not affect any stockholder’s percentage ownership interest in the Company, except to the extent that the treatment of fractional shares may result in small changes. The Reverse Stock Split will not change the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, the rights and preferences of the Common Stock, or the percentage ownership of any stockholder other than with respect to fractional share treatment.
The Reverse Stock Split will not change the rights, preferences, or terms of the Company’s Common Stock. Following the Reverse Stock Split, each share of Common Stock will have the same voting rights and rights to dividends and distributions and will be identical in all other respects to the Common Stock currently authorized. All shares of Common Stock outstanding following the Reverse Stock Split will remain fully paid and non-assessable.
Following the Reverse Stock Split, the market price of the Common Stock may be lower than the pre-split price multiplied by the Reverse Split Ratio. In addition, a reduction in the number of shares outstanding may reduce the trading liquidity of the Common Stock, which could adversely affect its market value.
Upon the effective of the Reverse Stock Split, the par value per share of the Company’s Common Stock will be reduced from $0.01 to $0.001. The reduction in par value will not affect the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Reverse Stock Split will not change the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is authorized to issue under its Charter. As a result, the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock will increase, which may be used by the Company for future financings, acquisitions, equity compensation, or other corporate purposes without further stockholder approval.
Fractional Shares
No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. In lieu of fractional shares, each stockholder otherwise entitled to receive a fractional share will receive one whole share of Common Stock.
116
Effect of the Reverse Stock Split on Equity Incentive Plans, Options, and Warrants
Proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Company’s outstanding stock options, restricted stock awards, warrants, and convertible securities, as well as to their respective exercise or conversion prices, in accordance with their terms and the Reverse Stock Split ratio.
Stockholder Approval of the Reverse Stock Split
Under the DGCL and the Charter, the Consenting Stockholders approved the Reverse Stock Split and the Change in Par Value by written consent pursuant to DGCL §228. No further vote or action by any other stockholders is required, and no meeting is being held. This Information Statement is being furnished solely to satisfy the notice requirements of DGCL §228 and Section 14© of the Exchange Act.
However, in accordance with the waiting period required by Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act, the Reverse Stock Split will not become effective until at least twenty (20) calendar days after the Company sends this Information to its stockholders of record as of the Record Date.
No Appraisal or Dissenter’s Rights
No dissenters’ or appraisal rights are available under the DGCL or the Company’s organizational documents in connection with the approval of the Reverse Stock Split.
117
Overview
On December 1, 2025, the Consenting Stockholders approved an amendment to the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”), attached as Annex H, to increase the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 2024 Plan to 2,096,679 Common Shares (the “2024 Plan Share Increase”).
The 2024 Plan Share Increase was necessary as the 2024 Plan did not have a sufficient number of authorized shares to be issued under the 2024 Plan in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. The Board of Directors did not make any further changes to the 2024 Plan other than effecting the 2024 Plan Share Increase.
Key Provisions of the 2024 Plan
The following is a summary of the principal features of the 2024 Plan, which does not purport to be a complete description of all of the provisions of the 2024 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2024 Plan, which is attached as Annex I.
On September 18, 2024, the Company adopted the 2024 Plan for its employees. The purposes of the 2024 Plan are to provide additional incentives to selected employees, directors and independent contractors of, and consultants to, the Company or its affiliates, to strengthen their commitment, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and to attract and retain competent and dedicated persons who are essential to the success of our business and whose efforts will impact our long-term growth and profitability.
Federal Income Tax Consequences of 2024 Plan Awards
The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant and exercise and vesting of awards under the 2024 Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations, and does not describe federal taxes other than income taxes. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant. The following is not to be considered tax advice to any persons who may be participants in the 2024 Plan, and any such persons are advised to consult with their own tax counsel.
Stock Options. The 2024 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee to grant both options that are “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (also referred to as incentive stock options), and options that are “non-qualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
Holders of incentive stock options generally will not incur federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of qualified incentive stock options, provided that they meet certain employment criteria and satisfy holding period requirements. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. For treatment of an option as an incentive stock option, shares of Common Stock acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option cannot be disposed of before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option, or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. If the holder satisfies the holding period requirements, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon a subsequent disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If a holder disposes of such shares without meeting the holding period requirements, the participant generally will realize taxable income at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those sections. Finally, if
118
an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value more than $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes.
No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a non-qualified option. Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise. The Company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Stock Appreciation Rights. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”). Upon settlement of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. The Company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Restricted Stock. A participant will not be subject to tax at ordinary income rates upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant would have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. (Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.) The Company generally will be able to deduct a share-based award, in the same amount and in the same tax year as it is recognized by the participant, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Restricted Stock Units. A participant will not be subject to tax at ordinary income rates upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable income equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant receives with respect to the award (less any amount paid by the participant for such restricted stock unit(s)). The Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Stock Bonus Awards. Generally, participants will recognize taxable income at the time of settlement of stock bonus awards (with the amount of income recognized generally being equal to the fair market value of any shares delivered under the award). The Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Performance Compensation Awards. No income generally will be recognized upon the grant of performance compensation awards. Upon payment in respect of the earn-out of performance compensation awards, the recipient generally will be required to include as taxable ordinary income in the year of receipt an amount equal to the amount of cash received and the fair market value of any unrestricted shares of our Common Stock received. The Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Tax Deductibility of Compensation Provided Under the 2024 Plan. When a participant recognizes ordinary compensation income as a result of an award granted under the 2024 Plan, the Company may be permitted to claim a federal income tax deduction for such compensation, subject to various limitations that may apply under applicable law (see discussion of Section 162(m) and 280G below, for two examples of limitations that may apply).
Section 162(m). Compensation of persons who are “covered employees” is subject to the tax deduction limits of Section 162(m) of the Code. Prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) on December 22, 2017, awards that qualified as “performance-based compensation” were exempt from Section 162(m), thereby permitting us
119
to claim the full federal tax deduction otherwise allowed for such compensation. This exception was eliminated by the TCJA. However, pending further guidance, this exception may still be available under state law allowing us to claim the full state deduction otherwise allowed for such compensation. In addition, the TCJA includes a transition rule under which the change described above will not apply to compensation payable pursuant to a written binding contract that was in effect on November 2, 2017 and is not materially modified after that date. To the extent applicable to our existing contracts and awards, our Compensation Committee may avail itself of this transition rule.
Section 280G. To the extent that compensation provided under the 2024 Plan may be deemed to be contingent upon a change in control, a portion of such compensation may be non-deductible by the Company under Section 280G of the Code and may be subject to a 20% excise tax imposed on the recipient of the compensation.
Section 409A. Section 409A of the Code imposes certain restrictions upon the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the 2024 Plan and any grants made thereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the participants. The 2024 Plan and any grants made thereunder will be administered in a manner consistent with this intent.
Securities Available Under the 2024 Plan
Awards
The 2024 Plan allows the Company to make equity and equity-based incentive awards to officers, employees, directors, consultants, and advisors. The Board of Directors anticipates that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company will assure a closer alignment of the interests of such individuals with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.
The 2024 Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards, and performance compensation awards. All awards will be set forth in an award agreement which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations.
A brief description of each award type follows.
• Non-Qualified Stock Options means the right to purchase shares pursuant to terms and conditions that are not intended to be, or do not qualify as, an Incentive Stock Options;
• Incentive Stock Options means the right to purchase shares pursuant terms and conditions that are intended to qualify as, and that satisfy the requirements applicable to, an incentive equity option within the meaning of Code Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
• Stock Appreciation Rights means a right, designated as an SAR, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of shares;
• Restricted Stock means an award of shares subject to vesting conditions;
• Restricted Stock Units shall mean a right to receive shares or cash upon vesting;
• Stock Bonus Awards means unrestricted common stock, or other awards denominated in common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards; and
• Performance Compensation Awards means an award granted to a participant that entitles the participant to delivery of shares or cash upon achievement of performance goals.
1,000,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for the issuance of awards under the 2024 Plan (the “Initial Limit”). The Initial Limit was increased pursuant to the 2024 Plan Share Increase amendment to 2,096,679 shares of common stock (the “Subsequent Limit”). The Subsequent Limit is subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capitalization. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company that may be issued upon exercise of incentive stock options under the 2024 Plan shall not exceed the Subsequent Limit, as adjusted. Shares underlying any awards under the 2024 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise of an option or
120
settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added back to the shares available for issuance under the 2024 Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the shares that may be issued as incentive stock options
The 2024 Plan is currently administered by a committee of at least two people as the Board of Directors may appoint to administer the 2024 Plan or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors, pursuant to the terms of the 2024 Plan (the “Committee”). The plan administrator, which initially will be the Committee, has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2024 Plan. The plan administrator may delegate to a committee consisting of one or more officers of the Company, the authority to awards to individuals who are not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and not members of the delegated committee, subject to certain limitations and guidelines.
Persons eligible to participate in the 2024 Plan will be officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the plan administrator in its discretion. As of the date of this Information Statement, approximately [—] individuals are eligible to participate in the 2024 Plan, which includes approximately [—] officers, no employees who are not officers, [—] non-employee directors, and [—] consultants/independent contractors.
Options
The 2024 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock of the Company intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. Options granted under the 2024 Plan will be non-qualified options if they fail to qualify as incentive stock options or exceed the annual limit on incentive stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Non-qualified options may be granted to any persons eligible to receive awards under the 2024 Plan. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by the plan administrator but generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock of the Company on the date of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value. The term of each option will be fixed by the plan administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised, including the ability to accelerate the vesting of such options.
Upon exercise of options, the option exercise price must be paid in full either in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the plan administrator or by delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of common stock of the Company that are beneficially owned by the optionee free of restrictions or were purchased in the open market. Subject to applicable law, the exercise price may also be delivered by a broker pursuant to irrevocable instructions to the broker from the optionee. In addition, the plan administrator may permit non-qualified options to be exercised using a “net exercise” arrangement that reduces the number of shares issued to the optionee by the largest whole number of shares with fair market value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.
Stock Appreciation Rights
The plan administrator may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock of the Company, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in the Company’s stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock of the Company on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by the plan administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised, including the ability to accelerate the vesting of such stock appreciation rights.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
The plan administrator may award restricted shares of common stock of the Company and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with the Company through a specified vesting period. The plan administrator may also grant shares of common stock of the Company that are free
121
from any restrictions under the 2024 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock of the Company.
Stock Bonus Awards
The plan administrator may issue unrestricted common stock, or other awards denominated in common stock, under the 2024 Plan to participants, either alone or in tandem with other awards, in such amounts as the plan administration shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine.
Performance Compensation Awards
The plan administrator may grant awards under the 2024 Plan to participants, which may be cash-based, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals, including continued employment with the Company.
Other Material Features of the 2024 Plan
The 2024 Plan requires the plan administrator to make appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of common stock that are subject to the 2024 Plan, to certain limits in the 2024 Plan, and to any outstanding awards to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, extraordinary cash dividends and similar events.
Except as set forth in a stock award agreement issued under the 2024 Plan, in the event of (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any person becomes the beneficial owner directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of Company’s then outstanding capital stock, each outstanding stock award (vested or unvested) will be treated as the plan administrator determines, which may include (a) Company’s continuation of such outstanding stock awards (if Company is the surviving corporation); (b) the assumption of such outstanding stock awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (c) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new stock options or other equity awards for such stock awards; (d) the cancellation of such stock awards in exchange for a payment to the participants equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value of the shares subject to such stock awards as of the closing date of such corporate transaction over (2) the exercise price or purchase price paid or to be paid (if any) for the shares subject to the stock awards (which payment may be subject to the same conditions that apply to the consideration that will be paid to holders of shares in connection with the transaction, subject to applicable law); or (e) the opportunity for participants to exercise the stock options prior to the occurrence of the corporate transaction and the termination (for no consideration) upon the consummation of such corporate transaction of any stock options not exercised prior thereto.
The 2024 Plan provides that a stock award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a “Change in Control” (as defined in the 2024 Plan) as may be provided in the award agreement for such stock award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.
Participants in the 2024 Plan are responsible for the payment of any federal, state or local taxes that the Company or its subsidiaries are required by law to withhold upon the exercise of options or stock appreciation rights or vesting of other awards. The plan administrator may cause any tax withholding obligation of the Company or its subsidiaries to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the applicable entity withholding from shares of common stock of the Company to be issued pursuant to an award shares with an aggregate fair market value that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The plan administrator may also require any tax withholding obligation of the Company or its subsidiaries to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares issued pursuant to any award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company or its subsidiaries in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
122
The 2024 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order; however, the plan administrator may permit the transfer of non-qualified stock options by gift to an immediate family member, to trusts for the benefit of family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners.
The plan administrator may amend or discontinue the 2024 Plan and the plan administrator may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may materially and adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2024 Plan will require the approval of the Company’s stockholders. Generally, without stockholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification of the 2024 Plan may reduce the exercise price of any stock option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right, (ii) the plan administrator may not cancel any outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right where the fair market value of the common stock underlying such stock option or stock appreciation right is less than its exercise price and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right, another award or cash and (iii) the plan administrator may not take any other action that is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange.
All awards granted under the 2024 Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which Company securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in a stock award agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate.
No options or stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2024 Plan after the date that is ten years from the 2024 Plan Effective Date. No awards under the 2024 Plan have been made prior to the date of this Information Statement.
NYSE American Rules and the Necessity for Stockholder Approval
As described above, we are subject to NYSE American rules, including NYSE American Company Guide 711, pursuant to which approval of stockholders is required with respect to the establishment of (or material amendment to) a stock option or purchase plan or other equity compensation arrangement pursuant to which options or stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees, or consultants, regardless of whether or not such authorization is required by law or by the company’s charter.
Prior to the 2024 Share Plan Increase, [—] shares of the Company’s common stock were available to be issued pursuant to the 2024 Plan. Thus, the 2024 Plan Share Increase resulted in a material increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2024 Plan. Given this material increase, the Consenting Stockholders approved the 2024 Plan Share Increase to comply with NYSE American Company Guide 711.
Stockholder Approval of the 2024 Plan Share Increase
The approval of the 2024 Plan Share Increase, including for purposes of NYSE American rules, required the affirmative approval of a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock that were entitled to approve the 2024 Plan Share Increase.
As of the Record Date, the Company had [—] shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and the Consenting Stockholder held [—] shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date, representing approximately [—]% of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Consenting Stockholders approved the 2024 Plan Share Increase upon execution of the Written Consent on [—], 2025, following execution of the Merger Agreement.
This Information Statement is first being mailed on or about [—], 2026, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of the Record Date. The 2024 Plan Share Increase shall be effective on or about [—], 2026, or approximately 20 days after we mail this Information Statement.
123
Overview
On December 1, 2025, the Consenting Stockholders approved the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”), attached as Annex J.
The purpose of the 2025 Plan is to advance the interests of the Company, its subsidiaries, affiliates, and stockholders by providing an incentive to attract and retain the best qualified personnel to perform services for the Company, by motivating such individuals to contribute to the growth and the profitability of the Company by aligning such individuals with the interests of the Company’s stockholders, and by rewarding such individuals for their services by tying a signification portion of their compensation to the success of the Company.
Key Provisions of the 2025 Plan
The following is a summary of the principal features of the 2025 Plan, which does not purport to be a complete description of all of the provisions of the 2025 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2025 Plan, which is attached as Annex J.
In making such determinations, the Board of Directors may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such person, his or her present and potential future contribution to the Company’s success, and such other factors as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall deem relevant. Incentive stock options granted under the 2024 Plan are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Nonqualified (nonstatutory stock options) granted under the 2025 Plan are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code.
In connection with Merger Agreement, the Consenting Stockholders also approved that a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to 10% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock immediately following the closing of the Merger Agreement shall be reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan. Further, the 2025 Plan includes an evergreen provision providing for the number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan to increase automatically on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the 2025 Plan, beginning on January 1, 2026, in an amount equal to the lesser of:
• 3% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year; or
• such lesser number as may be determined by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) prior to the applicable date of increase.
Federal Income Tax Consequences of 2025 Plan Awards
The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant and exercise and vesting of awards under the 2025 Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations, and does not describe federal taxes other than income taxes. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the circumstances of such participant. The following is not to be considered tax advice to any persons who may be participants in the 2025 Plan, and any such persons are advised to consult with their own tax counsel.
Stock Options. The 2025 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee to grant both options that are “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (also referred to as incentive stock options), and options that are “non-qualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
Holders of incentive stock options generally will not incur federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of qualified incentive stock options, provided that they meet certain employment criteria and satisfy holding period requirements. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. For treatment of an option as an
124
incentive stock option, shares of Common Stock acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option cannot be disposed of before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option, or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. If the holder satisfies the holding period requirements, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon a subsequent disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If a holder disposes of such shares without meeting the holding period requirements, the participant generally will realize taxable income at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those sections. Finally, if an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes.
No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a non-qualified option. Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise. The Company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Stock Appreciation Rights. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”). Upon settlement of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. The Company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Restricted Stock. A participant will not be subject to tax at ordinary income rates upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. (Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.) The Company generally will be able to deduct a share-based award, in the same amount and in the same tax year as it is recognized by the participant, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Restricted Stock Units. A participant will not be subject to tax at ordinary income rates upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable income equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award (less any amount paid by the participant for such restricted stock unit(s)). The Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Other Stock-Based Awards. Generally, participants will recognize taxable income at the time of settlement of other stock-based awards (with the amount of income recognized generally being equal to the fair market value of any shares delivered under the award). The Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those sections.
Tax Deductibility of Compensation Provided Under the 2025 Plan. When a participant recognizes ordinary compensation income as a result of an award granted under the 2025 Plan, the Company may be permitted to claim a federal income tax deduction for such compensation, subject to various limitations that may apply under applicable law (see discussion of Section 162(m) and 280G below, for two examples of limitations that may apply).
125
Section 162(m). Compensation of persons who are “covered employees” is subject to the tax deduction limits of Section 162(m) of the Code. Prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) on December 22, 2017, awards that qualified as “performance-based compensation” were exempt from Section 162(m), thereby permitting us to claim the full federal tax deduction otherwise allowed for such compensation. This exception was eliminated by the TCJA. However, pending further guidance, this exception may still be available under state law allowing us to claim the full state deduction otherwise allowed for such compensation. In addition, the TCJA includes a transition rule under which the change described above will not apply to compensation payable pursuant to a written binding contract that was in effect on November 2, 2017 and is not materially modified after that date. To the extent applicable to our existing contracts and awards, our Compensation Committee may avail itself of this transition rule.
Section 280G. To the extent that compensation provided under the 2025 Plan may be deemed to be contingent upon a change in control, a portion of such compensation may be non-deductible by the Company under Section 280G of the Code and may be subject to a 20% excise tax imposed on the recipient of the compensation.
Section 409A. Section 409A of the Code imposes certain restrictions upon the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the 2025 Plan and any grants made thereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the participants. The 2025 Plan and any grants made thereunder will be administered in a manner consistent with this intent.
Securities Available Under the 2025 Plan
Awards
The 2025 Plan allows the Company to make equity and equity-based incentive awards to officers, employees, directors, consultants, and advisors. The Board of Directors anticipates that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company will assure a closer alignment of the interests of such individuals with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.
The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock-based awards. All awards will be set forth in an award agreement which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations.
A brief description of each award type follows.
• Stock Options means an option granted under the 2025 Plan to purchase shares of Common Stock, whether designated as an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option;
• Stock Appreciation Rights means a right, designated as a SAR, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of shares;
• Restricted Stock means shares, subject to a period of restriction or certain other specified restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous service for a specific period of time), granted under the 2025 Plan or issued pursuant to the early exercise of a Stock Option;
• Restricted Stock Units means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares, cash, other securities, or other property, subject to certain restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous service for a specific period of time) granted under the 2025 Plan; and
• Other-Stock Based Awards means any other awards not specifically described in the 2025 Plan that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares and are created by the plan administrator pursuant to the 2025 Plan.
126
The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2025 Plan is ten percent (10%) of the shares outstanding on [—], 2025 (the “Plan Share Limit”). The shares subject to the 2025 Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired shares. On the first day of each calendar year during the term of the 2025 Plan, commencing on January 1, 2026 and continuing until (and including) January 1, 2035, the number of shares available under the Plan Share Limit shall automatically increase by a number equal to the lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the total number of shares issued and outstanding on December 31 of the calendar year immediately preceding of the date of such increase and (ii) a number of shares determined by the Board of Directors.
Upon payment in shares pursuant to the exercise or settlement of an award, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2025 Plan shall be reduced only by the number of shares actually issued in such payment. If a participant pays the exercise price (or purchase price, if applicable) of an award through the tender of shares, or if the shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligations, the number of shares so tendered or withheld shall again be available for issuance pursuant to future awards under the 2025 Plan, although such shares shall not again become available for issuance as incentive stock options. Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the 2025 Plan with respect to any portion of an award that is settled in cash. If any outstanding award expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if the shares acquired pursuant to an award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company, the shares allocable to the terminated portion of such award or such forfeited or repurchased shares shall again be available for grant under the 2025 Plan. No more than ten percent (10%) of the shares outstanding on [—], 2025 (subject to adjustment pursuant to the 2025 Plan) may be issued under the 2025 Plan upon the exercise of incentive stock options.
The 2025 Plan will be administered by a committee of at least one person as the Board of Directors may appoint or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board of Directors, the 2025 Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors (the “Administration Committee”). The plan administrator, which initially will be the Administration Committee, has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2025 Plan. The plan administrator may delegate to one or more officers of the Company some or all of its authority under the 2025 Plan, including the authority to grant all types of awards to individuals who are not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, subject to certain limitations and guidelines.
Persons eligible to participate in the 2025 Plan will be officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the plan administrator in its discretion. As of the date of this Information Statement, approximately [—] individuals are eligible to participate in the 2025 Plan, which includes approximately [—] officers, no employees who are not officers, [—] non-employee directors, and [—] consultants/independent contractors.
Stock Options
The 2025 Plan permits the granting of stock options to officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the plan administrator in its discretion. The per share exercise price for shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a stock option will by determined by the plan administrator but shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.
The exercise period of stock options shall be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the limitation set forth in the 2025 Plan. Upon exercise of the stock options, the exercise price must be paid by either (i) cash, (ii) check, (iii) if approved by the plan administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, surrender of other shares which meet the conditions established by the plan administrator to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company (as determined by the plan administrator), (iv) if approved by the plan administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the plan administrator, (v) if approved by the plan administrator for a nonqualified stock option, as determined in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the participant shall receive the number of shares underlying the stock option so exercised reduced by the number of shares equal to the aggregate exercise price of the stock option divided by the fair market value on the date of exercise, and (vi) such other method of payment permitted by applicable law.
127
Stock Appreciation Rights
The plan administrator may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock of the Company, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in the Company’s stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock of the Company on the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised, including the ability to accelerate the vesting of such stock appreciation rights.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
The plan administrator may award restricted shares of common stock of the Company and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with the Company through a specified vesting period. Unless the plan administrator determines otherwise, restricted stock will be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such restricted stock have lapsed. The plan administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Restricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock of the Company.
Other Stock-Based Awards
Other stock-based awards may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, other awards granted under the 2025 Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 2025 Plan. The plan administrator shall have authority to determine the participants to whom and the time or times at which other stock-based awards shall be made, the amount of such other stock-based awards, and all other conditions of the other stock-based awards including any dividend and/or voting rights.
Other Material Features of the 2025 Plan
The 2025 Plan requires the plan administrator to make appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of common stock that are subject to the 2025 Plan, to certain limits in the 2025 Plan, and to any outstanding awards to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, extraordinary cash dividends and similar events.
In the event of a change in control, each outstanding award shall be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the acquiring or successor corporation or a parent of the acquiring or successor corporation. Unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, in the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute the award, (A) the participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the award as to all of the shares, including those as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable; (B) all applicable restrictions will lapse; and (C) all performance objectives and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at targeted levels. If a stock option or a stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a change in control, the plan administrator shall notify the respective participant that the stock option or the stock appreciation right shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of up to fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the stock option or stock appreciation right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.
Unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, an award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner, except to the participant’s estate or legal representative, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant, although the plan administrator, in its discretion, may permit award transfers for purposes of estate planning or charitable giving.
The Board of Directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the 2025 Plan. The Company may obtain stockholder approval of the 2025 Plan to the extent necessary or, as determined by the plan administrator, desirable to comply with applicable laws, including any amendment that (i) increases the number of shares available for issuance under the 2025 Plan, or (ii) changes the persons or class of persons eligible to receive awards.
No awards under the 2025 Plan have been made prior to the date of this Information Statement.
128
NYSE American Rules and the Necessity for Stockholder Approval
As described above, we are subject to NYSE American rules, including NYSE American Company Guide 711, pursuant to which approval of stockholders is required with respect to the establishment of (or material amendment to) a stock option or purchase plan or other equity compensation arrangement pursuant to which options or stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees, or consultants, regardless of whether or not such authorization is required by law or by the company’s charter. Therefore, the Consenting Stockholders approved the 2025 Plan.
Stockholder Approval of the 2025 Plan
The approval of the 2025 Plan, including for purposes of NYSE American rules, required the affirmative approval of a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock that were entitled to approve the 2025 Plan.
As of the Record Date, the Company had [—] shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and the Consenting Stockholder held [—] shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date, representing approximately [—]% of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Consenting Stockholders approved the 2025 Plan upon execution of the Written Consent on [—], 2025, following execution of the Merger Agreement.
This Information Statement is first being mailed on or about [—], 2026, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of the Record Date. The 2025 Plan shall be effective on or about [—], 2026, or approximately 20 days after we mail this Information Statement.
129
130
MANAGEMENT OF APIMEDS PHARMACEUTICALS US, INC.
The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s executive officers and non-employee directors.
|
Name |
Age |
Position |
||
|
Dr. Vin Menon |
[—] |
Chief Executive Officer |
||
|
Erick Frim |
[—] |
Chief Financial Officer |
||
|
Christopher Kim, MD. |
[—] |
Chief Medical Officer |
||
|
Jakap Koo |
[65] |
Director |
||
|
Dr. Bennett Weintraub, PhD. |
[57] |
Director |
||
|
Carol O’Donnell |
[68] |
Director |
||
|
Elona Kogan |
[56] |
Director |
Dr. Vin Menon — Chief Executive Officer
Dr. Vin Menon has been our Chief Executive Officer since December 2025. Dr. Menon is a veteran in the technology services industry, who can be credited with the strategic direction behind several disruptive technology companies. In the corporate world, he has held various leadership positions at multinational corporations like HP & Compaq with global responsibilities. Driven by his passion for technology and innovation, Dr. Menon has been a forerunner in technological innovation and has helped create the business ecosystem of disruptive technologies and high-growth companies. His experience has helped him in the technology space as an entrepreneur and advisor, leading several startups from inception to meteoric growth across continents. Dr. Menon’s proven track record of setting up motivated and high caliber teams in the technology and services industry, establishing development centers from scratch to scale, and building company competencies led him to being awarded ‘Entrepreneur of the Year 2012’ by Rotary-ASME, ‘Outstanding Entrepreneur Award 2011’ by APEA, the ‘Spirit of Enterprise 2010’ by SOE Singapore. Dr. Menon was also selected as a ‘Leading Indian Entrepreneur of the Year 2010’ by the Singapore Indian Chamber of Commerce. From the years 2021 to 2023 he co-founded and served as Strategic Advisor to CGCX, a Fintech, decentralized finance, and digital assets platform, where he provided strategic advisory services and growth initiatives. He currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of AQUAE Impact (AQUAE Impact Exchange Co. L.L.C/AQUAE Impact), a sustainable financial and environmental assets platform that uses blockchain technology and artificial intelligence, which he co-founded and currently forms part of its executive leadership providing oversight of product and sustainability initiatives. He also currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of AQUAE Labs Pte Ltd, which is the research and development and technology arm of AQUAE Impact, where he provides product and technology leadership, measurement, reporting, and verification of environmental credits. Additionally, he currently occupies the role of Strategic Advisor of TechyTrade FZ-LLC, which is a bitcoin-backed company that operates in the digital asset and treasury innovation space. Dr. Menon is also a champion of techno-preneurship and was serving on the Board of Directors of the Spirit of Enterprise (SOE) and the Mentoring Programme under Action Community for Entrepreneurship (ACE) by SPRING Singapore. Moreover, he completed his bachelor’s degree in computer applications from India, with first-class honors. He has also completed the following programs: Advanced Management Program (AMP) at NTU-Berkeley (Haas Business School, California) and Advanced Management Program (AMP) at The Wharton School (University of Pennsylvania, USA) specialized in Finance. Dr. Menon obtained an EMBA from the Nanyang Technological University (NTU) in Singapore. Lastly, he completed his PhD, Blockchain for Impact in Healthcare from The Open International University for Complementary Medicine in collaboration with Al-Farabi Kazakh National University, Kazakhstan 2019. We believe that these experiences provide Dr. Menon with the skills necessary to lead the Company as its Chief Executive officer, including overseeing the Company’s strategy, operations, financial performance, and overall corporate governance.
Erick Frim — Chief Financial Officer
Erick Frim has over 40 years of experience as an accountant, financial executive and consultant. Mr. Frim joined Apimeds as CFO in July of 2025. In 2019, he joined CFO Squad and as a partner in the CFO Squad, LLC Mr. Frim advised clients on technical accounting and regulatory compliance, assisting numerous companies with their initial public offerings. Prior to the CFO Squad, Mr. Frim served as a director in the public company audit practice of EisnerAmper LLP. Mr. Frim as also served as a financial executive for digital media pioneer DIVA Systems Corporation. A former CPA, he has a BS in Accounting from Ball State University.
131
Christopher Kim, MD. — Chief Medical Officer
Dr. Christopher Kim has been our Chairman and Chief Medical Officer since our inception and served as our interim Chief Executive Officer from July 2022 to September 2023. Dr. Kim is the inventor and developer of Apitox and the founder of Apimeds Korea, where he has served as a director since its inception. Mr. Kim served as the Chief Executive Officer of Apimeds Korea from May 2003 to August 2011. Prior to founding Apimeds Korea, Dr. Kim lead with the support of Guju Pharmaceuticals, clinical trials for Apitoxin in Korea, which was approved by the Korea Food and Drug Administration in 2003 for relief of pain and inflammation for patients with Osteoarthritis. In 2005, he began focusing on the clinical development of Apitox in the United States, including the first of two-Phase III clinical studies for Osteoarthritis. Prior to his time with Apimeds Korea, Dr. Kim served as the President of the International Pain Institute of New Jersey from January 1983 to May 2003, a center for chronic pain and other disabling diseases that conducted clinical research and provided treatment. He served as a professor at Biomedical Center, CHA Graduate School of Medicine in Korea from March 2005 to February 2017. Dr. Kim is a licensed physician in New Jersey, New York and Korea and a Pain Medicine Specialist (American Board). Over the past twenty years, Dr. Kim has treated thousands of chronically disabled patients with autoimmune diseases, including MS. Dr. Kim received his medical degree from the School of Medicine, CN University in Korea.
We believe Dr. Kim’s extensive experience in pharmaceutical development and the biopharmaceutical industry, as well as his research and treatment of autoimmune diseases, and institutional knowledge of our product candidate, qualifies him to serve as of Chief Medical Officer.
Jakap Koo — Director
Mr. Jakap Koo has served as a director since October 2023. Mr. Koo is also the Chief Executive Officer and President of both Apimeds Korea and its parent company, Inscobee Inc. (KRX: 006490), where he has served since March 2020. Before joining Apimeds Korea and Inscobee, from March 2015 to December 2019 he served as the Chief Executive Officer at Lotte Auto Lease Co. Ltd., where he grew company revenue through various financial services of car rental, installment payment, automobile leasing and investment banking to both B2B and B2C clients. Mr. Koo has spent more than 35 years mostly as C-level executives in various financial institutions and IT companies. His management and operational experiences cover banking, asset management, venture capital, private equity, and biotechnology companies. Mr. Koo has received his MBA from Stern School of New York University. He graduated from Seoul National University majoring in Law.
We believe Mr. Koo’s extensive financial knowledge qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Independent Directors:
Dr. Bennett Weintraub, PhD.
Dr. Weintraub has served as a director since October 2023. Dr. Weintraub currently serves as the President of inThought Research (“inThought”), a healthcare business intelligence consulting firm which he founded in 2009. inThought provides business development support, competitive intelligence monitoring, medical conference coverage, and other services both to professional investors and to pharma/biotech companies. Dr. Weintraub has also served as the Chief Scientific Officer of inPhronesis since 2018.
After completing his training in immunology and biochemistry, Dr. Weintraub co-founded Biotech Tracker, an online tool for investors, where he served as a financial analyst from 2000 to 2008. From 2006 to 2008, Dr. Weintraub served as an analyst at Reuters Insight, providing analysis of drug development and trends in medicine to professional investors. Dr. Weintraub served as a licensed security analyst with Variant Research from 2005 to 2006.
From 1999 to 2000, Dr. Weintraub was senior scientific editor for the biology research journals Cell and Molecular Cell. Dr. Weintraub performed biochemistry and immunology research at Stanford University and at the John Curtin School of Medical Research in Canberra, Australia. He earned his doctorate in Biology from the University of California, San Diego, and a Bachelor of Science in Life Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
We believe Mr. Weintraub’s extensive science background qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
132
Carol O’Donnell
Carol O’Donnell has served as a director since October 2023. Ms. O’Donnell is currently a Director and Member of the Audit Committee of Sono-Tek Corporation (NASDAQ: SOTK), where she has served since November 2018. Prior to that, she served as General Counsel to Boothbay Fund Management LLC, a registered investment adviser, from December 2019 through May 2021. Ms. O’Donnell joined Protégé Partners and MOV37, an industry leading firm investing in and seeding smaller and emerging hedge fund managers in April 2016 and has served as Chief Executive Officer since January 2018. Prior to joining Protégé Partners and MOV37, Ms. O’Donnell was the Director of Legal and Compliance with DARA Capital US, Inc., a Swiss-owned boutique registered investment advisory and wealth management firm from January 2013 to March 2016. She served as General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of each of the Permal Group and Framework Investment Group from June 2004 through February 2011 and from January 2002 to May 2004, respectively. She also served as a director of FSI Low Beta from 2012 to 2021. Ms. O’Donnell was named one of the Top 50 Women in Hedge Funds in September 2018 and is currently admitted to practice law in the State of Connecticut.
We believe Ms. O’Donnell’s extensive experience in the financial industry qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.
Elona Kogan
Elona Kogan has served as a director since October 2024. Beginning in August 2024, Most recently, Ms. Kogan served as the Chief Legal Officer of Terns Pharmaceutical, Inc. (Nasdaq: TERNS), a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, Prior to joining us, from November 2020 through August 2024, Ms. Kogan served as the General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer of Seer Inc. (Nasdaq: SEER), a publicly traded life science company. From May 2018 through August 2021, Ms. Kogan served as a director of Cardax, Inc., a biotechnology company operating in the wellness health care space. From March 2019 through August 2020, Ms. Kogan served as the General Counsel of Selecta Biosciences, Inc., a clinical-stage biotechnology company. Ms. Kogan is a graduate of Southwestern University School of Law. Ms. Kogan graduated from Columbia University, Barnard College, with a B.A. in Economics.
We believe Ms. Kogan’s extensive experience as an operating executive in biopharmaceutical and life science space, in addition to her experience leading government relations, and serving as general counsel and chief legal officer of other publicly traded companies qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.
133
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES
The following table shows information, as of [January 9], 2026, concerning the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock by: (i) each person we know to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of our Common Stock; (ii) each of our current directors; (iii) each of our named executive officers; and (iv) all current directors and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she, or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
The beneficial ownership of our Common Stock is based on [12,575,983] shares of our Common Stock issued and outstanding as of [January 9], 2026.
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the Company believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their beneficially owned shares of Common Stock.
|
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number of |
% of |
|||
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers: |
|
||||
|
Dr. Vin Menon |
— |
— |
|
||
|
Erick Frim |
— |
— |
|
||
|
Jakap Koo |
615,385 |
4.893 |
% |
||
|
Christopher Kim, MD. |
— |
— |
|
||
|
Bennett Weintraub, PhD |
— |
— |
|
||
|
Elona Kogan |
— |
— |
|
||
|
Carol O’Donnell |
— |
— |
|
||
|
All directors and officers as a group (7 individuals) |
615,385 |
4.893 |
% |
||
|
5% or Greater Stockholders: |
|
||||
|
Apimeds Inc.(1) |
4,316,618 |
34.324 |
% |
||
|
Inscobee Inc.(2) |
1,599,747 |
12.721 |
|
||
|
Dominus IB, Inc(3) |
800,000 |
6.361 |
% |
||
____________
(1) Apimeds Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Inscobee Inc. Inscobee Inc. has voting and investment control over the shares held by Apimeds Inc. Millenium Holdings is controlled by You In Soo, and as such, Mr. Yoo may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the shares held by both Inscobee Inc. and Apimeds Inc. The business address for Apimeds Inc. is [—]. The business address for Millenium Holdings is 107, Gasan Digital 2-ro, Geumcheon-gu, Seoul, Korea. Each of the parties named in this footnote disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest the party may have therein.
(2) Represents shares held directly by Inscobee Inc. Millenium Holdings has voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by Inscobee Inc. Millenium Holdings is controlled by You In Soo, and as such, Mr. Yoo may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the shares held by both Inscobee Inc. and Apimeds Inc. The business address for Inscobee Inc. is Room 613, Digital-ro 130, 6F, Geumcheon-gu, Seoul, 08580 Republic of Korea. The business address for Millenium Holdings is 107, Gasan Digital 2-ro, Geumcheon-gu, Seoul, Korea. Each of the parties named in this footnote disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest the party may have therein.
(3) Dominus IB, Inc. is controlled by its Chief Executive Officer and largest shareholder, Park Kyoung Jin, who may be deemed to have voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by Dominus IB, Inc. The business address for Dominus IB, Inc. is 144, Dobong-ro, Gangbuk, Seoul, Republic of Korea.
134
The following summary of the capital stock of the Company does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Charter and our amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”). Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the “Company,” “Apimeds,” “we,” “our,” and “us” in this Exhibit refer to Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
General
The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our Charter and Bylaws are summaries. The full text of our Charter and our Bylaws are filed as Annexes K and L, respectively. We urge you to read our Charter and our Bylaws in their entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of our capital stock.
Authorized Capitalization
Our Charter authorizes the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Forward Stock Split
On January 6, 2022, we amended our Charter to effect a forward stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock by a ratio of 1-for-10,000.
Reverse Stock Split
On February 25, 2025, we amended our Charter to effect a 1-for-2.6 reverse stock split, pursuant to which each 2.6 shares of common stock held of record by the holder thereof were reclassified into one share of common stock. No fractional shares were issued.
As of the date of this Information Statement, there were [—] shares of common stock issued and outstanding held of record by [—] stockholders and [—] shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.
Upon completion of the Preferred Stock Conversion, the Notes Conversion, and the Reverse Stock Split, there will be [—] shares of common stock outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting Rights. The holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.
Dividends. The board of directors of our company may cause dividends to be paid to the holders of shares of common stock out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends by declaring an amount per share as a dividend. When and as dividends are declared on the common stock, whether payable in cash, in property or in shares of stock or other securities of our company, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to share ratably according to the number of shares of common stock held by them, in such dividends.
Liquidation Rights. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our company, the holders of shares of common stock shall be entitled to share ratably, according to the number of shares of common stock held by them, in all remaining assets of our company available for distribution to its stockholders.
Blank Check Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has the authority to issue undesignated shares of “blank check” preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designation, relative powers, preferences and rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of all shares of each such series, including, without limitation, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption and sinking fund provisions, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting each such series, without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of additional preferred stock could decrease the amount of
135
earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of our common stock and could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Charter and Bylaws
Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders
The Bylaws provide that stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of Company capital stock would not be able to amend the Bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. Further, the Bylaws provide that only the chairperson of the Board, a majority of the board of directors or the Chief Executive Officer may call special meetings of stockholders, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of Company capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
In addition, the Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders. Generally, in order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, the matter must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the board of directors or the chairperson of the meeting, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (1) was a stockholder at the time of giving the notice, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (3) has complied with the advance notice procedures specified in the Bylaws or properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, which proposal has been included in the proxy statement for the annual meeting. Further, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by the Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the Company’s principal executive offices not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities until the next stockholder meeting.
No Cumulative Voting
Under the DGCL, there is no right to vote cumulatively (which allows stockholders to cast all of the votes such stockholder is entitled to for a single nominee for a board of directors rather than only being able to vote the number of shares such stockholder holds for or against each nominee) unless expressly authorized in the certificate of incorporation. The Charter does not authorize cumulative voting.
Amendment of Charter or Bylaws
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of the board of directors or by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
136
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE American, which would apply if and so long as the common stock remains listed on the NYSE American, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. Additional shares that may be issued in the future may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock may be to enable our company to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise and thereby protect the continuity of management and possibly deprive stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. We have entered into, or expect to enter into, agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Company. Pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL, stockholders who properly demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of the Company’s stockholders may bring an action in the company’s name to procure a judgment in its favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of the Company’s shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
Forum Selection
The Bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of the Company’s current or former directors, officers, or other of the Company or its stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against the Company or any of its current or former directors, officers, or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Charter or the Bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of the Charter or the Bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any of its directors, officers, or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. These provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, the Bylaws further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to
137
benefit and may be enforced by the Company, its officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying this offering. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, the Company would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of the Bylaws.
These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company or its directors, officers, or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. We note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock upon the closing of this offering will be VStock Transfer, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address are 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598.
National Securities Exchange Listing
We have received approval to have our common stock listed on the NYSE American under the symbol “APUS.”
138
DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO SECURITY HOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS
Regulations regarding the delivery of copies of information statements to stockholders permit us, banks, brokerage firms and other nominees to send one information statement to multiple stockholders who share the same address under certain circumstances. This practice is known as “householding.” Stockholders who hold their shares through a bank, broker or other nominee may have consented to reducing the number of copies of materials delivered to their address. In the event that a stockholder wishes to revoke a “householding” consent previously provided to a bank, broker or other nominee, the stockholder must contact the bank, broker or other nominee, as applicable, to revoke such consent. If a stockholder wishes to receive a separate information statement, we will promptly deliver a separate copy to such stockholder that contacts us at 100 Matawan Rd, Suite 325 Matawan, New Jersey 07747; or by telephone at: [—]. Any stockholders of record sharing an address who now receive multiple copies of our annual reports, proxy statements and information statements, and who wish to receive only one copy of these materials per household in the future should also contact the Company’s secretary by mail or telephone as instructed above. Any stockholders sharing an address whose shares of our common stock are held by a bank, broker or other nominee who now receive multiple copies of our annual reports, proxy statements and information statements, and who wish to receive only one copy of these materials per household, should contact the bank, broker or other nominee to request that only one set of these materials be delivered in the future.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
The Company files annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. The Company’s filings with the SEC are available free of charge on the SEC’s EDGAR system at http://www.sec.gov.
PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS IS NOT A REQUEST FOR YOUR VOTE OR A PROXY STATEMENT, BUT RATHER AN INFORMATION STATEMENT DESIGNED TO INFORM YOU OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS ENTERED INTO BY THE COMPANY.
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A PROXY.
|
By Order of the Board of Directors of Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. |
||
|
/s/ |
||
|
Vin Menon |
139
APIMEDS PHARMACEUTICALS US, INC. Unaudited FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
APIMEDS PHARMACEUTICALS US, INC. audited FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
Page |
||
|
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PCAOB ID: 6651) |
F-21 |
|
|
Financial Statements |
||
|
F-22 |
||
|
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
F-23 |
|
|
F-24 |
||
|
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
F-25 |
|
|
F-26 |
MINDWAVE INNOVATIONS INC. Unaudited FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024
|
Page |
||
|
F-37 |
||
|
F-38 |
||
|
F-39 |
||
|
F-40 |
||
|
F-41 |
MINDWAVE INNOVATIONS INC. audited FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
Page |
||
|
F-52 |
||
|
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS |
||
|
F-53 |
||
|
F-54 |
||
|
F-55 |
||
|
F-56 |
||
|
F-57 |
F-1
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets
|
September 30, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash |
$ |
6,986,617 |
|
$ |
3,455 |
|
||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
2,099,491 |
|
|
9,602 |
|
||
|
Total current assets |
|
9,086,108 |
|
|
13,057 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
34,188 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Long-term portion of prepaid expenses |
|
129,740 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Total assets |
$ |
9,250,036 |
|
$ |
13,057 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ |
567,633 |
|
$ |
591,191 |
|
||
|
Accrued interest – related party |
|
21,651 |
|
|
106,643 |
|
||
|
Advance payable to related party |
|
100 |
|
|
76,500 |
|
||
|
Notes payable – related party |
|
500,000 |
|
|
250,000 |
|
||
|
Total current liabilities |
|
1,089,384 |
|
|
1,024,334 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Long-term liabilities |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Long-term convertible notes payable – related party |
|
— |
|
|
346,844 |
|
||
|
Total liabilities |
|
1,089,384 |
|
|
1,371,178 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Commitments and contingencies (note 8) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Shareholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Preferred stock, par value $0.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Common stock, par value $0.01, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 12,575,983 and 7,903,850 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively |
|
125,760 |
|
|
79,039 |
|
||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
17,272,661 |
|
|
2,954,764 |
|
||
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
(9,237,769 |
) |
|
(4,391,924 |
) |
||
|
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit) |
|
8,160,652 |
|
|
(1,358,121 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
$ |
9,250,036 |
|
$ |
13,057 |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.
F-2
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Statements of Operations
|
For the three months ended |
For the nine months ended |
|||||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Research and development expenses |
$ |
619,693 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
1,271,477 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,224,546 |
|
|
299,999 |
|
|
3,601,034 |
|
|
999,482 |
|
||||
|
Total operating expenses |
|
1,844,239 |
|
|
299,999 |
|
|
4,872,511 |
|
|
999,482 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Loss from operations |
|
(1,844,239 |
) |
|
(299,999 |
) |
|
(4,872,511 |
) |
|
(999,482 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
12,859 |
|
|
— |
|
|
22,377 |
|
|
— |
|
||||
|
Interest income |
|
56,426 |
|
|
116 |
|
|
71,676 |
|
|
2,794 |
|
||||
|
Interest expense |
|
(6,301 |
) |
|
(32,638 |
) |
|
(67,387 |
) |
|
(81,669 |
) |
||||
|
Total other income (expense) |
|
62,984 |
|
|
(32,522 |
) |
|
26,666 |
|
|
(78,875 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(1,781,255 |
) |
$ |
(332,521 |
) |
$ |
(4,845,845 |
) |
$ |
(1,078,357 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted |
$ |
(0.14 |
) |
$ |
(0.04 |
) |
$ |
(0.47 |
) |
$ |
(0.14 |
) |
||||
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
|
12,575,983 |
|
|
7,903,850 |
|
|
10,308,911 |
|
|
7,903,850 |
|
||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.
F-3
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
|
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Additional |
Accumulated |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||
|
Number of |
Amount |
Number of |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
— |
$ |
— |
7,903,850 |
$ |
79,039 |
$ |
2,954,764 |
$ |
(4,391,924 |
) |
$ |
(1,358,121 |
) |
|||||||
|
Net loss for the period ended March 31, 2025 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(402,397 |
) |
|
(402,397 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2025 |
— |
|
— |
7,903,850 |
|
79,039 |
|
2,954,764 |
|
(4,794,321 |
) |
|
(1,760,518 |
) |
|||||||
|
Stock-based compensation – stock options |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
192,053 |
|
— |
|
|
192,053 |
|
|||||||
|
Stock-based compensation – common stock grants |
— |
|
— |
1,000,000 |
|
10,000 |
|
1,690,000 |
|
— |
|
|
1,700,000 |
|
|||||||
|
Conversion of convertible debt – related party |
— |
|
— |
297,133 |
|
2,971 |
|
496,251 |
|
— |
|
|
499,222 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of Representative Warrants in connection with IPO |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
139,388 |
|
— |
|
|
139,388 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of common stock in IPO (net of $1,599,060 in offering costs and warrant liability) |
— |
|
— |
3,375,000 |
|
33,750 |
|
11,595,977 |
|
— |
|
|
11,629,727 |
|
|||||||
|
Net loss for the period ended June 30, 2025 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(2,662,193 |
) |
|
(2,662,193 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at June 30, 2025 |
— |
|
— |
12,575,983 |
|
125,760 |
|
17,068,433 |
|
(7,456,514 |
) |
|
9,737,679 |
|
|||||||
|
Stock-based compensation – stock options |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
42,674 |
|
— |
|
|
42,674 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of Advisor Warrants in connection with IPO |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
161,554 |
|
— |
|
|
161,554 |
|
|||||||
|
Net loss for the period ended September 30, 2025 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(1,781,255 |
) |
|
(1,781,255 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at September 30, 2025 |
— |
$ |
— |
12,575,983 |
$ |
125,760 |
$ |
17,272,661 |
$ |
(9,237,769 |
) |
$ |
8,160,652 |
|
|||||||
F-4
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) — (Continued)
|
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Additional |
Accumulated |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||
|
Number of |
Amount |
Number of |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
— |
$ |
— |
7,903,850 |
$ |
79,039 |
$ |
2,954,764 |
$ |
(3,001,934 |
) |
$ |
31,869 |
|
|||||||
|
Net loss for the period ended March 31, 2024 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(296,473 |
) |
|
(296,473 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2024 |
— |
|
— |
7,903,850 |
|
79,039 |
|
2,954,764 |
|
(3,298,407 |
) |
|
(264,604 |
) |
|||||||
|
Net loss for the period ended June 30, 2024 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(449,363 |
) |
|
(449,363 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at June 30, 2024 |
— |
|
— |
7,903,850 |
|
79,039 |
|
2,954,764 |
|
(3,747,770 |
) |
|
(713,967 |
) |
|||||||
|
Net loss for the period ended September 30, 2024 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(332,521 |
) |
|
(332,521 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at September 30, 2024 |
— |
$ |
— |
7,903,850 |
$ |
79,039 |
$ |
2,954,764 |
$ |
(4,080,291 |
) |
$ |
(1,046,488 |
) |
|||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.
F-5
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
|
For the nine months ended |
||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(4,845,845 |
) |
$ |
(1,078,357 |
) |
||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Stock-based compensation – common stock grants |
|
1,700,000 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Stock-based compensation – stock options |
|
234,727 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Change in FV of warrant liability |
|
(22,377 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Depreciation expense of property and equipment |
|
1,721 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Accrued interest expense – related parties |
|
27,554 |
|
|
26,568 |
|
||
|
Accretion expense |
|
39,833 |
|
|
55,101 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets |
|
(2,219,630 |
) |
|
1,259 |
|
||
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
(23,558 |
) |
|
361,519 |
|
||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
(5,107,575 |
) |
|
(633,910 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Purchase of furniture and equipment |
|
(35,909 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Net cash provided by investing activities |
|
(35,909 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash proceeds from issuance of common stock in IPO |
|
11,953,046 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Proceeds from notes payable – related parties |
|
250,000 |
|
|
250,000 |
|
||
|
Cash advances from related parties |
|
17,400 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Cash advances paid to related parties |
|
(93,800 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
12,126,646 |
|
|
250,000 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
6,983,162 |
|
|
(383,910 |
) |
||
|
Cash, beginning of period |
|
3,455 |
|
|
410,481 |
|
||
|
Cash, end of period |
$ |
6,986,617 |
|
$ |
26,571 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash paid for interest |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
Cash paid for taxes |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Conversion of convertible debt – related party |
$ |
386,676 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
Conversion of accrued interest expense for convertible debt – related party |
$ |
112,546 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
Issuance of Representative Warrants in connection with IPO |
$ |
300,942 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.
F-6
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Business Description
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. (the “Company” or “Apimeds”) was formed as a corporation in May 2020 and was incorporated in the State of Delaware. Apimeds is a clinical stage company that is in the process of seeking U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval for Apitox, a proprietary intradermally administered bee venom-based toxin.
Apimeds Inc., the majority shareholder of the Company which is a subsidiary of Inscobee Inc. (“Apimeds Korea”), and the Company entered into license agreements, under which the Company was granted the right to continue any clinical trial, acquire the permits and approval necessary from the FDA and commercially develop and market Apitox within the United States (see notes 3). Apimeds completed a positive Phase 3 trial for the treatment of pain associated with osteoarthritis in 2018 and is now proceeding with the next steps for FDA approval. In the future, the Company plans to investigate potential uses for Apitox to treat pain associated with multiple sclerosis (“MS”), and intends to conduct non-registered corporate sponsored studies to identify appropriate MS patient populations. Apitox is currently marketed and sold by Apimeds Korea in South Korea (Republic of Korea) as “Apitoxin” for the treatment of osteoarthritis.
The success of the Company is dependent on obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals of its product candidates, marketing its products and achieving profitable operations. The continuation of the research and development activities and the commercialization of its products, if approved, are dependent on the Company’s ability to successfully complete these activities and to obtain additional financing through a combination of financing activities and operations. It is not possible to predict either the outcome of future research and development or commercialization programs, or the Company’s ability to fund these programs.
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The Company has prepared these unaudited condensed financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). Except as disclosed herein, there have been no material changes in the information disclosed in the Notes to the Financial Statements included in the Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2024 (the “Annual Report”). Accordingly, the unaudited condensed financial statements and related disclosures herein should be read in conjunction with the Annual Report.
As permitted under the SEC requirements for interim reporting, certain footnotes or other financial information have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that are considered necessary for the fair presentation of results for the interim periods presented. Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities can vary during each quarter of the year. Therefore, the results and trends in these interim financial statements may not be representative of those for the full year.
Liquidity
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $9,237,769. The Company incurred net losses of $1,781,255 and $4,845,845 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively, and expects to continue to incur substantial losses in the future. On May 12, 2025, the Company consummated its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of 3,375,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $4.00 per share, generating net cash proceeds to the Company of $11.9 million. Based on cash that is available for Company operations, together with the proceeds from the IPO, and projections of future Company operations, the Company believes that its cash will be sufficient to fund the Company’s current operating plan through at least the next twelve months from the date of issuance of the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements.
F-7
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made in the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include, but are not limited to, the determination of prepaid clinical development costs, stock-based compensation and estimates that are related to convertible instruments. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the financial statements.
Fair Value Measurement
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
|
Level 1 — |
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. |
|||
|
Level 2 — |
Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. |
|||
|
Level 3 — |
Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. |
In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
A financial asset or liability classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The tables below summarize the fair values of our financial assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024:
|
Fair Value at |
|
|||||||||||
|
Level 1 |
Level 2 |
Level 3 |
||||||||||
|
Warrant Liability |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
||||
|
Fair Value at |
|
|||||||||||
|
Level 1 |
Level 2 |
Level 3 |
||||||||||
|
Warrant Liability |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
||||
The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability
F-8
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.
For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be liability classified and recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance and remeasured at fair value and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the liability classified warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations. The fair value of the Representative Warrants and initial liability and fair value upon issuance related to Advisor Warrant (as defined below) was estimated using a Black Scholes valuation approach (see Note 9).
On September 5, 2023, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with certain advisor, under which, upon completion of the IPO, the Company would issue to advisor warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 6% of the aggregate number of shares sold in the IPO (the “Advisor Warrants”). The Advisor Warrants were issued on August 5, 2025. Because the obligation to issue the Advisor Warrants became unconditional at the IPO close (May 12, 2025), the Company recorded a warrant liability at the IPO date fair value and remeasures that liability at each reporting date. Because the Advisor Warrants were issued as compensation for the IPO-related advisory services, the initial fair value recognized at the IPO date was recorded as an offering cost that reduced the additional paid-in capital as of May 12, 2025.
For the Company’s warrant liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for each category therein, and gains or losses recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025:
|
Beginning Balance – December 31, 2024 |
$ |
— |
|
|
|
Advisor warrant liability incurred in connection with the IPO |
|
183,931 |
|
|
|
Re-measurement adjustments: |
|
|
||
|
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
(22,377 |
) |
|
|
Balance – August 5, 2025 |
$ |
161,554 |
|
|
|
Reclassification of warrants to equity classification |
|
(161,554 |
) |
|
|
Ending balance – September 30, 2025 |
$ |
— |
|
|
August 5, |
|||
|
Warrant Liability |
|||
|
Fair Value |
$ |
161,554 |
|
|
Valuation technique |
|
Black-Scholes options pricing model |
|
|
Significant unobservable unit |
|
Volatility and risk-free rates |
|
The warrant liability as of May 12, 2025 (IPO date), was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following inputs: $1.81 of stock price, 4.09% risk-free rate, 78.29% volatility, 0% dividend rate, and the expected term of 5 years. The warrant liability as of August 5, 2025, was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following inputs: $1.78 of stock price, 3.74% risk-free rate, 77.11% volatility, 0% dividend rate, and the expected term of 5 years. Upon issuance of the advisor warrants on August 5, 2025, the Advisor Warrants were reclassified to additional paid-in capital and will remain equity classified.
F-9
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Upon the issuance of the warrants on August 5, 2025, the final terms were evaluated, and the warrants met all conditions for equity classification under ASC 815-40. As a result, the warrants were revalued as of August 5, 2025 with the change in value reflected in the statement of operations. That amount was then reclassified to additional paid-in capital. No gain or loss was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in connection with the reclassification.
The warrants are no longer subject to recurring fair value measurement following equity classification. Prior to issuance, changes in the fair value of the warrant liability were recorded in other income (expense). For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company recognized a gain of $12,859 and $22,377, respectively, in other income (expense) for the change in fair value.
Common Stock Reverse Stock Split
On February 7, 2025, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) approved and implemented a reverse stock split at a ratio of 1-for-2.6, which provided that every 2.6 shares of its issued and outstanding common stock was automatically combined into one issued and outstanding share of common stock, without any change in the par value per share. All share and per share amounts in the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements and footnotes have been retrospectively adjusted for the reverse split.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in financial institutions which, at times, may exceed the federal depository insurance corporation limit of $250,000. As of September 30, 2025, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.
Segment Information
The Company operates as a single operating and reportable segment, which aligns with the way the Chief Executive Officer, designated as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), evaluates performance and allocates resources. The Company is a clinical-stage entity focused on the development of a proprietary intradermally administered bee venom-based therapeutic. As of September 30, 2025, the Company has not generated any revenue and does not have any material long-lived assets. The CODM assesses the Company’s performance primarily through the analysis of operating expenses, specifically within key categories such as research and development and general and administrative expenses. Given the Company is in a pre-revenue stage, these expense categories serve as the primary financial drivers.
Financial information provided to and utilized by the CODM is consistent with the Company’s U.S. GAAP financial statements, including the Statements of Operations, which reflect the loss. A single management team reports directly to the CODM and oversees the entire business comprehensively. Resource allocation, performance evaluation, incentive setting, and forecasting activities are conducted at the corporate level using the financial statements and a unified budget. Accordingly, the Company does not evaluate performance by geographic area or product line, as it has not yet commenced commercial operations and has limited activity due to current liquidity and funding constraints. All operations are based in the United States of America, and all assets and operating expenses — including those related to research and development and general and administrative functions — are attributed to the Company’s single reportable segment.
Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no cash equivalents.
F-10
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging Activities”.
Applicable U.S. GAAP requires companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free-standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. The criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under other U.S. GAAP with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when we have determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) as follows: The Company records when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are accreted over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.
If a security or instrument becomes convertible only upon the occurrence of a future event outside the control of the Company, or, is convertible from inception, but contains conversion terms that change upon the occurrence of a future event, then any contingent beneficial conversion feature is measured and recognized when the triggering event occurs and contingency has been resolved.
Patent Costs
All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Leases
The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when it has the right to direct the use of the asset for a period of time while obtaining substantially all of the asset’s economic benefits. The Company determines the initial classification and measurement of its right-of-use assets (“ROU”) and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter if modified. ROU assets and liabilities are to be represented on the balance sheet at the present value of future minimum lease payments to be made over the lease term. The Company has elected as an accounting policy not to apply the recognition requirements in ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) to short-term leases. Short-term leases are leases that have a term of 12 months or less and do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. The Company recognizes the lease payments for short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not have leases that qualified as ROU assets.
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. These assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years using the straight-line method.
The Company adheres to ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment” and periodically evaluates whether current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of its depreciable assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined to exist, an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows produced by the long-lived
F-11
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
assets, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured based on the difference between the asset’s fair value and its carrying value. For long-lived assets, the estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including a discounted value of estimated future cash flows. The Company reports an asset to be disposed of at the lower of its carrying value or its fair value less costs to sell.
Related Parties
The Company follows ASC 850, “Related Party Disclosures” for the identification of related parties and disclosure of related party transactions.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of management personnel costs, professional service fees, and other general overhead and facility costs, including rent and insurance, which relate to the Company’s general and administrative functions.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of consulting, regulatory and manufacturing related costs, third-party license fees and external costs of vendors engaged to conduct preclinical development activities. These costs are expensed as incurred and non-refundable prepayments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
The Company enters into arrangements with contract research organizations in connection with pre-clinical and clinical trials. Such arrangements often provide for payment prior to commencing the project or based upon predetermined milestones throughout the period during which services are expected to be performed. As part of the process of preparing the Company’s financial statements, management is required to estimate prepaid and accrued clinical trial expenses. The date on which services commence, the level of services performed on or before a given date, and the cost of such services are often determined based on subjective judgments informed by the facts and circumstances known to management from the terms of the contract and the Company’s ongoing monitoring of service performance. The Company makes these judgments based upon the facts and circumstances known to management based on the terms of the contract and the Company’s ongoing monitoring of service performance.
In line with the guidance suggested under ASC 450, Contingencies and ASC 730, Research and Development, all research and development costs will be expensed as incurred. Development and regulatory milestone payments are accounted for by estimating the probability of milestone achievement.
Stock Based Compensation
The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provision of FASB ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which prescribes accounting and reporting standards for all share-based payment transactions in which employee services are acquired. Transactions include incurring liabilities, or issuing or offering to issue shares, options, and other equity instruments such as employee stock ownership plans and stock appreciation rights. Share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are recognized as compensation expense in the unaudited condensed financial statements based on the estimated grant date fair values. That expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The Company classifies share-based compensation expense in its statements of operations in the same manner in which the award recipient’s cash compensation costs are classified.
F-12
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
The fair value of each employee and non-employee stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company is a public company but has limited company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on implied volatility. The expected term of the Company’s stock options for employees has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve. Expected dividend yield is zero based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes.
The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of deferred tax assets, including recent earnings results, expectations of future taxable income, carryforward periods available and other relevant factors. The Company records changes in the required valuation allowance in the period that the determination is made.
The Company assesses its income tax position and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available as of the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company does not recognize a tax benefit in the financial statements. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if applicable, as a component of income tax expense.
Basic and Diluted Loss per share
Basic loss per share data for each period presented is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each such period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock to the extent they are dilutive.
The following table sets forth the number of potential shares of common stock that have been excluded from basic net loss per share because their effect was anti-dilutive:
|
For the nine months ended |
||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||
|
Employee stock options |
589,871 |
213,692 |
||
|
Representative Warrants |
168,750 |
— |
||
|
Advisor Warrants |
202,500 |
— |
||
|
Convertible notes and interest |
— |
283,397 |
||
|
961,121 |
497,089 |
|||
F-13
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act allows emerging growth companies to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these unaudited condensed financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all Accounting Standard Updates (ASUs). ASUs not discussed in these unaudited condensed financial statements were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the financial statements.
In November 2024, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This guidance will require additional disclosures and disaggregation of certain costs and expenses presented on the face of the income statement. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting period beginning after December 15, 2027 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance to our financial statements.
3. LICENSE AGREEMENTS
On August 2, 2021, the Company entered into a business agreement with Apimeds Korea. Under the agreement, the Company received the right to continue any clinical trial and acquire the permits and approval necessary from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. The Company will pay Apimeds Korea a royalty of 5% of the earnings before interest and taxes, delivered from the sale or license of Apitox less any credits and charges, however, the royalty terms shall not apply when shares of the Company are transferred or sold through merger, acquisition, or share transfer agreement to a third party.
On October 12, 2021, the Company entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with Apimeds Korea, a shareholder of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company was granted the exclusive right and license under the licensed patents to make and sell the licensed products in the United States of America.
The agreement commenced on the effective date and shall remain in force for each licensed product on a licensed-product-by-licensed-product basis for rights and obligations concerning the licensed patent, until the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of a licensed patent. The total consideration exchanged for the exclusive license agreement was $1.
F-14
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
4. PREPAID EXPENSE AND OTHER ASSETS
As of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the prepaid expense and other assets balance consists of the following:
|
September 30, |
December 31, |
||||||
|
Prepaid insurance |
$ |
344,990 |
|
$ |
— |
||
|
Prepaid clinical development costs |
|
1,729,886 |
|
|
— |
||
|
Other prepaid assets |
|
154,355 |
|
|
9,602 |
||
|
Less: long-term portion of prepaid insurance |
|
(129,740 |
) |
|
— |
||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets, current |
$ |
2,099,491 |
|
$ |
9,602 |
||
5. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSE
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of balances owed to vendors, as well as others, such as the taxing authority and employees.
As of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the accounts payable and accrued expense balances consists of the following:
|
September 30, |
December 31, |
|||||
|
Professional fees payable |
$ |
193,377 |
$ |
410,641 |
||
|
Clinical trials payable |
|
352,349 |
|
— |
||
|
Accrued compensation |
|
18,250 |
|
180,550 |
||
|
Other |
|
3,657 |
|
— |
||
|
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ |
567,633 |
$ |
591,191 |
||
6. DEBT
2022 Convertible notes (amended from notes payable) — related parties
On March 21, 2022, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $160,000 to Inscobee, one of its shareholders. On June 3, 2022, the Company issued another $100,000 promissory note to Inscobee (together, and as amended, the “2022 Convertible Notes”). The 2022 Convertible Notes bear interest at 5% per annum and mature on the earlier of (a) the closing of an equity financing with proceeds to the Company of at least $3 million, or (b) July 15, 2022.
On December 5, 2023, the Company amended their promissory notes to be convertible and extended the maturity date of the convertible notes with the related parties to be the earlier of (i) December 31, 2026 or (ii) consummation of a qualified offering. The notes are convertible at a price of $1 per share. The purchase of convertible notes and cancellation of the old promissory notes was accounted for as a debt extinguishment that did not result in a gain/loss on extinguishment due to related party treatment. The conversion option was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model, with the following inputs: volatility of 92.22%, current stock price of $1.96, expected dividend yield of 0% and a risk-free rate of return of 4.33%. The resulting value of the convertible option of $158,099 based on the allocation of relative fair value to cash proceeds, was applied towards additional paid-in capital and added as a discount on the convertible note. The note will be accreted over the remaining period through maturity at the calculated effective interest rate of approximately 41.4%.
In connection with the closing of the IPO, the 2022 Convertible Notes and 2021 Convertible Note (defined below) automatically converted into shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes (as amended), all outstanding accrued and unpaid interest owed under the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes was to convert into common stock simultaneously with the consummation of an offering of common stock resulting in the listing of the Common Stock on the NYSE American, or other national securities exchange (a “Qualified Offering”). An aggregate of $660,000 outstanding principal together with $112,576 and
F-15
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
6. DEBT (cont.)
accrued interest under the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes was converted to Common Stock, resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of 297,133 shares of Company’s Common Stock, based on a conversion price of $2.60 per share, as set forth in the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes. As of the date of the conversion, the outstanding balances for the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes were $235,439 and $151,237, respectively, net of the unamortized debt discounts of $164,561 and $108,763. The total of unamortized debt discounts for the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes in the aggregate amount of $273,324 as of the date of the conversion was reflected within additional paid in capital, and the carrying aggregate amount of the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes of $386,676 along with accrued outstanding interest for the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes in the aggregate amount $112,576 as of the date of the conversion are reflected within condensed statement of changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit).
As of December 31, 2024, there was accrued interest in connection to the 2022 Convertible Notes of $34,745. Interest expenses were $1,498 and $4,596 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively. Interest expenses were $3,170 and $9,438 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, respectively.
There was accretion on the note’s debt discount in connection to the 2022 Convertible Notes of $5,171 and $15,771 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively. There was accretion on the note’s debt discount of $8,898 and $21,742 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, respectively.
2021 Convertible note — related party
On August 30, 2021, the Company issued a convertible promissory note in the amount of $400,000 (“2021 Convertible Note”) to Apimeds Korea. The 2021 Convertible Note bears interest at 5% per annum and matures on the earlier of (a) the sale of the Company or (b) August 30, 2026. The 2021 Convertible Note is convertible at any time up through the maturity date.
On December 5, 2023, the Company amended their convertible note to be convertible at $1 per share and extended the maturity date to be the earlier of (i) December 31, 2026 or (ii) consummation of a Qualified Offering. The repurchase and cancellation of the old note was accounted for as a debt extinguishment that did not result in any gain/loss on extinguishment due to related party treatment. The conversion option was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model, with the following inputs: volatility of 92.22%, the fair value of the stock of $1.96, expected dividend yield of 0%, and a risk-free rate of return of 4.33%. The resulting value of the convertible option of $240,079, based on the allocation of relative fair value to cash proceeds, was applied towards additional paid-in capital and added as a discount on the convertible note. The note will be accreted over the remaining period through maturity at the calculated effective interest rate of approximately 40.6%.
In connection with the closing of the IPO, the 2022 Convertible Notes and 2021 Convertible Note automatically converted into shares of common stock (see 2022 Convertible notes (amended from notes payable) — related parties per above).
As of December 31, 2024, there was accrued interest in connection with the 2021 Convertible Note of $66,137 and is included within accrued interest — related party on the accompanying unaudited condensed balance sheets.
Interest expenses were $2,301 and $7,068 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively. Interest expenses were $4,877 and $14,521 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, respectively.
There was accretion on the note’s debt discount in connection to the 2021 Convertible Notes of $7,884 and $24,061 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively. There was accretion on the note’s debt discount of $13,632 and $33,359 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, respectively.
F-16
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
6. DEBT (cont.)
2024 Promissory Notes — Related Parties
On May 20, 2024, the Company issued a $100,000 promissory note to Inscobee. On August 19, 2024, the Company issued a $150,000 promissory note to Inscobee (together, the “2024 Promissory Notes”). The 2024 Promissory Notes bear interest at 5% per annum and mature on the earlier of (a) the closing of an equity financing by the Company with gross proceeds of at least $3,000,000; or (b) May 19, 2025. On May 16, 2025, the 2024 Promissory Notes were amended to extend the maturity date of for the outstanding principal and accrued interest payment date to May 19, 2026.
As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there was accrued interest in connection with the 2024 Promissory Notes of $11,959 and $5,760. Interest expenses were $3,116 and $6,199 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively, and are included within accrued interest — related party on the accompanying unaudited condensed balance sheet. Interest expenses were $548 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024.
2025 Promissory Note — Related Parties
On March 21, 2025, the Company issued a $250,000 promissory note to Apimeds Korea (the “2025 Promissory Note”). The 2025 Promissory Note bears interest at 5% per annum and matures on the earlier of (a) December 31, 2026 or (b) consummation of a Qualified Offering. On May 16, 2025, the 2025 Promissory Note was amended to extend the maturity date of for the outstanding principal and accrued interest payment date to May 19, 2026.
As of September 30, 2025, there was accrued interest in connection with the 2025 Promissory Note of $3,390. Interest expenses were $3,082 and $3,390 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, respectively, and are included within accrued interest — related party on the accompanying unaudited condensed balance sheet.
7. ADVANCE PAYABLE — RELATED PARTY
As of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024 the Company had an outstanding balance of $100 and $76,500, respectively, due to funds received from officers of the Company.
These advance payables carry no interest and do not have a maturity date. The cash proceeds from these advance payables were used for operating purposes.
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal
Periodically, the Company reviews the status of any significant matters that exist and assesses its potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal claim is considered probable and the amount can be estimated, the Company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. Legal proceedings are subject to uncertainties, and the outcomes are difficult to predict. Because of such uncertainties, accruals are based on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, the Company reassesses the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there are no pending claims or litigation that are expected to materially affect the Company’s results going forward.
Executive employee agreement
On September 21, 2023, the Company signed an executive employee agreement with the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the Company. Under the executive employee agreement terms, if the Company closes on a public offering, the CEO will be eligible to receive an incentive stock option to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to 3% of the post-IPO capitalization of the Company. 40% of the options shall vest immediately upon grant and the remainder will vest in three equal installments on the annual anniversary of the date of grant.
F-17
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)
On May 12, 2025, the Company consummated the IPO. Immediately following the IPO on May 16, 2025, the Board approved the grant of 347,279 stock options to the CEO, with vesting terms of 40% on the grant date and the remaining 60% vesting in three equal annual installments on each anniversary of the grant date. In addition to the stock option grant, the Board also granted 750,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the CEO of the Company, which are fully vested and unrestricted.
9. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had 100,000,000 authorized shares of common stock. The Company had 12,575,983 and 7,903,850 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.
On February 7, 2025, the Board approved and implemented a reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-2.6, which provided that every 2.6 shares of its issued and outstanding common stock were automatically combined into one issued and outstanding share of common stock, without any change in the par value per share. All share and per share amounts in the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements and footnotes have been retrospectively adjusted for the reverse stock split.
On May 12, 2025, the Company consummated the IPO of 3,375,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $4.00 per share, generating net proceeds to the Company of $11.6 million after deducting underwriting discounts, offering expenses and the value of the Advisory Warrant liability. Out of the total shares issued, 500,000 shares were purchased by Inscobee.
In connection with the closing of the IPO, the 2022 Convertible Notes and 2021 Convertible Note automatically converted into shares of common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes, all outstanding accrued and unpaid interest owed under the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes was to convert into common stock simultaneously with the consummation of a Qualified Offering. An aggregate of $499,222 of outstanding principal and accrued interest under the 2022 Convertible Notes and 2021 Convertible Note, net of unamortized debt discount of $273,324, was converted to common stock, resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of 297,133 shares of Company’s common stock, based on a conversion price of $2.60 per share, as set forth in the 2021 Convertible Note and 2022 Convertible Notes.
Immediately following the IPO on May 16, the board of directors approved the grant of 750,000 and 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to the CEO and Chief Medical Officer of the Company, respectively. Such stock were issued under the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Equity Incentive Plan”) and are fully vested and unrestricted. The value of the fully vested shares granted was determined by the value of the stock on the quoted trading price of $1.70 per share and in aggregate of $1,700,000, and recorded as stock-based compensation — stock grants, with $1,275,000 and $425,000 allocated to general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, respectively, for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2025.
Warrants
In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into an Underwriting Agreement, dated May 8, 2025, between the Company and its underwriter. The Company also agreed to issue warrants to purchase an aggregate of 168,750 shares of common stock (the “Representative Warrants”), each dated May 12, 2025, to underwriter and its designees. The Representative Warrants have an exercise price of $5.00 per share and also feature a cashless exercise option. The initial exercise date of the Representative Warrants is November 4, 2025.
F-18
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
9. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (cont.)
The Company accounts for Representative Warrants as equity-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The measurement of fair value of the Representative Warrants was determined utilizing a Black-Scholes model considering all relevant assumptions current at the date of issuance (i.e., share price of $1.81, exercise price of $5.00, term of 5 years, volatility of 78%, risk-free rate of 4.09%, and expected dividend rate of 0.0%). The grant date fair value of these Representative Warrants was estimated to be $139,388 on May 12, 2025, and was reflected as a reduction to additional paid-in capital as of May 12, 2025.
On September 5, 2023, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with certain advisor, under which, upon completion of the IPO, the Company would issue to advisor warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 6% of the aggregate number of shares sold in the IPO (the “Advisor Warrants”). The Advisor Warrants were issued on August 5, 2025. Because the obligation to issue the Advisor Warrants became unconditional at the IPO close (May 12, 2025), the Company recorded a warrant liability at the IPO date fair value and remeasures that liability at each reporting date. Because the Advisor Warrants were issued as compensation for the IPO-related advisory services, the initial fair value recognized at the IPO date was recorded as an offering cost that reduced the additional paid-in capital as of May 12, 2025.
The warrant liability as of May 12, 2025 (IPO date), was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following inputs: $1.81 of stock price, 4.09% risk-free rate, 78.29% volatility, 0% dividend rate, and the expected term of 5 years. The warrant liability as of August 5, 2025, was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following inputs: $1.78 of stock price, 3.74% risk-free rate, 77.11% volatility, 0% dividend rate, and the expected term of 5 years.
Upon the issuance of the warrants on August 5, 2025, the final terms were evaluated, and the warrants met all conditions for equity classification under ASC 815-40. As a result, the warrants were revalued as of August 5, 2025 with the change in value reflected in the statement of operations. That amount was then reclassified to additional paid-in capital. No gain or loss was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in connection with the reclassification.
Preferred Stock
On December 5, 2023, the Company authorized 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. The rights and preferences of preferred shareholders have not been determined as of the date of filing. The Company had no preferred shares issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024.
10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Stock Options
On September 18, 2024, the Company adopted the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan. 1,538,462 shares of common stock have initially been reserved for the issuance of awards under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan with 42,283 shares available for future issuance as of September 30, 2025. There were 213,692 nonqualified stock option awards issued and outstanding outside of the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
The Company and its subsidiaries calculate stock-based compensation expense in accordance with ASC 718. The fair value of stock-based awards is amortized over the vesting period of the award.
There were 496,179 stock options granted under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan to the Company’s employees and directors during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and no stock options granted for three and nine months ended September 30, 2024.
F-19
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (cont.)
The stock options granted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, were valued utilizing the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following inputs: $1.70 - $1.93 of stock price, 4.06% risk-free rate, 78.23% – 81.85% volatility, 0% dividend rate, and the expected term of 5.50-6.00 years.
The following represents a summary of options:
|
Number of |
Weighted |
Weighted- |
|||||
|
Issued and outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
213,692 |
$ |
7.33 |
5.12 |
|||
|
Granted |
496,179 |
|
1.82 |
— |
|||
|
Exercised |
— |
|
— |
— |
|||
|
Forfeited/Expired |
— |
|
— |
— |
|||
|
Issued and outstanding, September 30, 2025 |
709,871 |
$ |
3.48 |
8.22 |
|||
|
Exercisable at September 30, 2025 |
372,604 |
$ |
5.22 |
6.76 |
|||
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 the Company had $42,674 and $234,727 of stock compensation related to the stock options outstanding, of which $13,629 and $178,424 were included in general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, respectively, on the accompanying unaudited condensed statements of operations. There was no expense related to the stock option grants recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, the remaining unamortized expense of $372,805 will be recognized over the next 2.52 years. Such amount does not include the effect of future grants of equity compensation, if any. The intrinsic value of options outstanding was $1,445 at September 30, 2025 and the intrinsic value of options exercisable was $0 at December 31, 2024.
11. INCOME TAXES
The Company recorded no provision or benefit for income tax expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
For all periods presented, the pretax losses incurred by the Company received no corresponding tax benefit because the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize the value of any resulting deferred tax assets. The Company will continue to assess its position in future periods to determine if it is appropriate to reduce a portion of its valuation allowance in the future.
The Company has no open tax audits with any taxing authority as of September 30, 2025.
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The company’s management has evaluated subsequent events occurring after September 30, 2025, the date of our most recent balance sheet, through the date our financial statements were issued.
On October 15, 2025, the Company entered into a Waiver Agreement with D. Boral Capital in connection to its previously executed Underwriting Agreement dated May 8, 2025, whereby the Right of First Refusal (as defined in the Waiver Agreement) and the Company Lock-Up Agreements (as defined in the Waiver Agreement) are waived and terminated. In consideration for such waiver and termination, the Company paid to D. Boral Capital a non-refundable fee of $700,000 upon execution of the Waiver Agreement.
On October 15, 2025, the board of directors approved the grant of 510,500 options for shares of the Company’s common stock to participants in the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan and vest in quarterly installments beginning on the respective vesting commencement dates, such that the awards shall be fully vested after three years. The exercise price of the options granted was determined by the value of the stock on the quoted trading price of $1.92 per share.
F-20
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the entity will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the entity has suffered recurring losses from operations and has accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the entity’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP
We have served as Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.’s auditor since 2023.
New York, New York
April 15, 2025
F-21
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Balance Sheets
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash |
$ |
3,455 |
|
$ |
410,481 |
|
||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
9,602 |
|
|
11,595 |
|
||
|
Total current assets |
|
13,057 |
|
|
422,076 |
|
||
|
Total assets |
$ |
13,057 |
|
$ |
422,076 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ |
591,191 |
|
$ |
54,438 |
|
||
|
Accrued interest – related party |
|
106,643 |
|
|
68,878 |
|
||
|
Advance payable to related party |
|
76,500 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Notes payable – related party |
|
250,000 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Total current liabilities |
|
1,024,334 |
|
|
123,316 |
|
||
|
Convertible note – related party |
|
346,844 |
|
|
266,891 |
|
||
|
Total liabilities |
|
1,371,178 |
|
|
390,207 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Commitments and contingencies (note 6) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Shareholders’ equity (deficit): |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Preferred stock, par value $0.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Common stock, par value $0.01, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 7,903,850 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 |
|
79,039 |
|
|
79,039 |
|
||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
2,954,764 |
|
|
2,954,764 |
|
||
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
(4,391,924 |
) |
|
(3,001,934 |
) |
||
|
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit) |
|
(1,358,121 |
) |
|
31,869 |
|
||
|
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit) |
$ |
13,057 |
|
$ |
422,076 |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-22
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Statements of Operations
|
For the year ended |
||||||||
|
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Research and development expenses |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
98,544 |
|
||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,275,095 |
|
|
648,892 |
|
||
|
Loss from operations |
|
(1,275,095 |
) |
|
(747,436 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Other (expenses) income |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Interest income |
|
2,824 |
|
|
7,811 |
|
||
|
Interest expense |
|
(117,719 |
) |
|
(38,069 |
) |
||
|
Total other expense |
|
(114,895 |
) |
|
(30,258 |
) |
||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(1,389,990 |
) |
$ |
(777,694 |
) |
||
|
Weighted average shares outstanding |
|
7,903,850 |
|
|
4,598,265 |
|
||
|
Basic and diluted loss per share |
$ |
(0.18 |
) |
$ |
(0.17 |
) |
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-23
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
|
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Additional |
Accumulated |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||
|
Number of |
Amount |
Number of |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
— |
$ |
— |
3,846,154 |
$ |
38,462 |
$ |
1,472,172 |
$ |
(2,224,240 |
) |
$ |
(713,606 |
) |
|||||||
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
69,993 |
|
— |
|
|
69,993 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of shares to shareholders |
— |
|
— |
4,057,696 |
|
40,577 |
|
1,014,423 |
|
— |
|
|
1,055,000 |
|
|||||||
|
Embedded conversion feature of convertible notes |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
398,176 |
|
— |
|
|
398,176 |
|
|||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(777,694 |
) |
|
(777,694 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
— |
$ |
— |
7,903,850 |
$ |
79,039 |
$ |
2,954,764 |
$ |
(3,001,934 |
) |
$ |
31,869 |
|
|||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(1,389,990 |
) |
|
(1,389,990 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
— |
$ |
— |
7,903,850 |
$ |
79,039 |
$ |
2,954,764 |
$ |
(4,391,924 |
) |
$ |
(1,358,121 |
) |
|||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-24
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Statements of Cash flows
|
For the Years Ended |
||||||||
|
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(1,389,990 |
) |
$ |
(777,694 |
) |
||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
— |
|
|
69,993 |
|
||
|
Accrued interest expense – related parties |
|
37,766 |
|
|
33,000 |
|
||
|
Accretion expense |
|
79,953 |
|
|
5,069 |
|
||
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
1,993 |
|
|
(11,594 |
) |
||
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
536,752 |
|
|
53,436 |
|
||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
(733,526 |
) |
|
(627,790 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net cash provided by investing activities |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Proceeds from notes payable – related parties |
|
250,000 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Cash advances from related parties |
|
76,500 |
|
|
9,000 |
|
||
|
Cash advances paid to related parties |
|
— |
|
|
(31,900 |
) |
||
|
Issuance of shares for cash received |
|
— |
|
|
1,055,000 |
|
||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
326,500 |
|
|
1,032,100 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash |
|
(407,026 |
) |
|
404,310 |
|
||
|
Cash, beginning of year |
|
410,481 |
|
|
6,171 |
|
||
|
Cash, end of year |
$ |
3,455 |
|
$ |
410,481 |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-25
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Business Description
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. (the “Company” or “Apimeds”) was formed as a corporation in May 2020 and was incorporated in the State of Delaware. On August 21, 2021, Apimeds Inc., the shareholder of the Company (“Apimeds Korea”), and Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US Inc. entered into the business agreement, under which the Company was designated to operate a pharmaceutical business which provides the biological drug named Apitox™ to clients in the biological drug commercial transaction area.
Apimeds is a clinical stage company that is in the process of developing Apitox™, a proprietary intradermally administered bee venom-based toxin which completed a positive Phase 3 trial for the treatment of pain associated with Osteoarthritis in 2018 and is now proceeding with FDA discussions on next steps in approval. In the future, the Company plans to investigate potential uses for Apitox™ for in treating multiple sclerosis (“MS”), and intends to conduct non-registered corporate sponsorship studies to identify appropriate MS patient populations. Apitox™ is currently marketed and sold by Apimeds Korea in South Korea (Republic of Korea) as “Apitoxin” for the treatment of osteoarthritis. Apimeds Inc. holds the majority of the Company’s outstanding common stock and is a subsidiary of Inscobee Inc. (“Inscobee”).
The success of the Company is dependent on obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals of its product candidates, marketing its products and achieving profitable operations. The continuation of the research and development activities and the commercialization of its products, if approved, are dependent on the Company’s ability to successfully complete these activities and to obtain additional financing through a combination of financing activities and operations. It is not possible to predict either the outcome of future research and development or commercialization programs, or the Company’s ability to fund these programs.
Going Concern
The Company has evaluated whether there are any conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern within one year beyond the issuance date of these financial statements. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had accumulated losses amount to $4,391,924. The Company incurred net losses of $1,389,990 for the year ended December 31, 2024, and expects to continue to incur substantial losses in the future. Based on such conditions and the Company’s current plans, which are subject to change, management believes that the Company’s existing cash as of December 31, 2024, is not sufficient to satisfy its operating cash needs for 12 months from the issuance date of the report
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business, and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result from uncertainty related to its ability to continue as a going concern.
If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient financial resources, its business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected. This could affect future development and business activities and potential future clinical studies and/or other future ventures. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain the needed financing on acceptable terms or at all.
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The Company has prepared its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASUs”) promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).
F-26
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made in the accompanying financial statements include, but are not limited to, stock-based compensation and estimates that are related to convertible instruments. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the financial statements.
Fair Value Measurement
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
|
Level 1 — |
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. |
|||
|
Level 2 — |
Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. |
|||
|
Level 3 — |
Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. |
In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Common Stock Reverse Stock Split
On February 7, 2025, the Board approved and implemented a reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-2.6, which provided that every 2.6 shares of its issued and outstanding Common Stock was automatically be combined into one issued and outstanding share of Common Stock, without any change in the par value per share. All share and per share amounts in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes have been retrospectively adjusted for the reverse split.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in financial institutions which, at times, may exceed the federal depository insurance corporation limit of $250,000. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.
Segment Information
Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company has one operating segment.
F-27
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no cash equivalents.
Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consist of accrued interest for the convertible and promissory notes held with related parties, monies owed to vendors, as well as others, such as the taxing authority and employees.
As December 31, 2024, and 2023, the accounts payable and accrued expenses balance consists of the following:
|
As of December 31, |
||||||
|
2024 |
2023 |
|||||
|
Professional fees payable |
$ |
410,641 |
$ |
54,438 |
||
|
Accrued compensation |
|
180,550 |
|
— |
||
|
$ |
591,191 |
$ |
54,438 |
|||
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging Activities”.
Applicable U.S. GAAP requires companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free-standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. The criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under other U.S. GAAP with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when we have determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) as follows: The Company records when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are accreted over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.
If a security or instrument becomes convertible only upon the occurrence of a future event outside the control of the Company, or, is convertible from inception, but contains conversion terms that change upon the occurrence of a future event, then any contingent beneficial conversion feature is measured and recognized when the triggering event occurs and contingency has been resolved.
Patent Costs
All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Leases
The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when it has the right to direct the use of the asset for a period of time while obtaining substantially all of the asset’s economic benefits. The Company determines the initial classification and measurement of its right-of-use assets (“ROU”) and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter if
F-28
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
modified. ROU assets and liabilities are to be represented on the balance sheet at the present value of future minimum lease payments to be made over the lease term. The Company has elected as an accounting policy not to apply the recognition requirements in ASC 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”) to short-term leases. Short-term leases are leases that have a term of 12 months or less and do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. The Company recognizes the lease payments for short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not have leases that qualified as ROU assets.
Related Parties
The Company follows ASC 850, “Related Party Disclosures” for the identification of related parties and disclosure of related party transactions.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of management personnel costs, professional service fees, and other general overhead and facility costs, including rent and insurance, which relate to the Company’s general and administrative functions.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of consulting, regulatory and manufacturing related costs, third-party license fees and external costs of vendors engaged to conduct preclinical development activities. These costs are expensed as incurred and non-refundable prepayments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
The Company enters into arrangements with contract research organizations in connection with pre-clinical and clinical trials. Such arrangements often provide for payment prior to commencing the project or based upon predetermined milestones throughout the period during which services are expected to be performed. As part of the process of preparing the Company’s financial statements, management is required to estimate prepaid and accrued clinical trial expenses. The date on which services commence, the level of services performed on or before a given date, and the cost of such services are often determined based on subjective judgments informed by the facts and circumstances known to management from the terms of the contract and the Company’s ongoing monitoring of service performance. The Company makes these judgments based upon the facts and circumstances known to management based on the terms of the contract and the Company’s ongoing monitoring of service performance.
In line with the guidance suggested under ASC 450, Contingencies and ASC 730, Research and Development, all research and development costs will be expensed as incurred. Development and regulatory milestone payments are accounted for by estimating the probability of milestone achievement.
Stock Based Compensation
The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provision of FASB ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which prescribes accounting and reporting standards for all share-based payment transactions in which employee services are acquired. Transactions include incurring liabilities, or issuing or offering to issue shares, options, and other equity instruments such as employee stock ownership plans and stock appreciation rights. Share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are recognized as compensation expense in the financial statements based on the estimated grant date fair values. That expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The Company classifies share-based compensation expense in its statements of operations in the same manner in which the award recipient’s cash compensation costs are classified.
F-29
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Given the absence of an active market for the Company’s equity, the Company and the board of directors were required to estimate the fair value of the Company’s common stock and equity awards at the time of each grant. The Company and the board of directors determined the estimated fair value of the Company’s equity instruments based on a number of factors, including external market conditions affecting the pharmaceutical industry sector. The Company and the board of directors utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to estimate the fair value of its equity instrument. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s judgment.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes.
The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of deferred tax assets, including recent earnings results, expectations of future taxable income, carryforward periods available and other relevant factors. The Company records changes in the required valuation allowance in the period that the determination is made.
The Company assesses its income tax position and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available as of the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company does not recognize a tax benefit in the financial statements. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if applicable, as a component of income tax expense.
Basic and Diluted Loss per share
Basic loss per share data for each period presented is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each such period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock to the extent they are dilutive.
The following table sets forth the number of potential shares of common stock that have been excluded from basic net loss per share because their effect was anti-dilutive:
|
As of December 31, |
||||
|
2024 |
2023 |
|||
|
Employee stock options |
211,538 |
211,538 |
||
|
Convertible notes and interest |
294,863 |
280,337 |
||
|
506,401 |
491,875 |
|||
F-30
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Emerging Growth Company
The Company intends to elect as an Emerging Growth Company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Prior period reclassifications
We have reclassified certain amounts in prior periods to conform with current presentation. Accrued interest — related party in the amount of $68,878, was reported within accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2023, amd have been reclassified on the balance sheet and statement of cash flows.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all Accounting Standard Updates. ASUs not discussed in these financial statements were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the financial statements.
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-07 — Segment Reporting (ASC 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which enables investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance and assess potential future cash flows through improved reportable segment disclosure requirements. The amendments enhance disclosures about significant segment expenses, clarify circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. ASU 2023-07 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company adopted ASU No. 2023-07 on December 31, 2024. The adoption of the standard did not result in any significant disclosure changes in the Notes to the Financial Statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes — Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740). The amendments require that public business entities on an annual basis disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. The amendments also require that all entities disclose on an annual basis the income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The amendments eliminate the requirement for all entities to disclose the nature and estimate of the range of the reasonably possible change in the unrecognized tax benefits balance in the next 12 months or make a statement that an estimate of the range cannot be made. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis, although early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact adopting ASU 2023-09 will have on the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This guidance will require additional disclosures and disaggregation of certain costs and expenses presented on the face of the income statement. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting period beginning after December 15, 2027 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance to our financial statements.
F-31
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
3. LICENSE AGREEMENTS
On August 2, 2021, the Company entered into a business agreement with Apimeds Korea. Under the agreement, the Company received the right to continue any clinical trial and acquire the permits and approval necessary from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. The Company will pay Apimeds Korea a royalty of 5% of the earnings before interest and taxes, delivered from the sale or license of Apitox less any credits and charges, however, the royalty terms shall not apply when shares of the Company are transferred or sold through merger, acquisition, or share transfer agreement to a third party.
On October 12, 2021, the Company entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with Apimeds Korea, a shareholder of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company was granted the exclusive right and license under the licensed patents to make and sell the licensed products in the United States of America.
The agreement shall commence on the effective date and shall remain in force for each licensed product on a licensed-product-by-licensed-product basis for rights and obligations concerning the licensed patent, until the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of a licensed patent. The total consideration exchanged for the exclusive license agreement was $1.
4. DEBT
2022 Convertible notes (amended from notes payable) — related parties
On March 21, 2022, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement in the amount of $160,000 with Inscobee, one of its shareholders. On June 3, 2022, the Company received an additional $100,000 from Inscobee, as part of another promissory note agreement (together as “2022 Convertible Notes”). The 2022 Convertible Notes bear interest at 5% per annum and mature on the earlier of (a) the closing of an equity financing with proceeds to the Company of at least $3 million, or (b) July 15, 2022.
On December 5, 2023, the Company amended their promissory notes to be convertible and extended the maturity date of the convertible notes with the related parties to be the earlier of (i) December 31, 2026 or (ii) consummation of a qualified offering. The notes are convertible at a price of $1 per share. The purchase of convertible notes and cancellation of the old promissory notes was accounted for as a debt extinguishment that did not result in a gain/loss on extinguishment due to related party treatment. The conversion option was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model, with the following inputs: volatility of 92.22%, current stock price of $1.96, expected dividend yield of 0% and a risk-free rate of return of 4.33%. The resulting value of the convertible option of $158,099 based on the allocation of relative fair value to cash proceeds, was applied towards additional paid-in capital and added as a discount on the convertible note. The note will be accreted over the remaining period through maturity at the calculated effective interest rate of approximately 41.4%.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there was accrued interest in connection to the 2022 Convertible Notes of $34,745 and $22,137, respectively. Interest expenses were $12,608 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and are included within accrued interest — related party on the accompanying balance sheet. There was accretion on the note’s debt discount of $31,569 and $1,997 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the outstanding balance on the 2022 Convertible notes agreement, net of the unamortized debt discounts of $124,534 and $156,102, was $135,466 and $103,898, respectively.
2021 Convertible note — related party
On August 30, 2021, the Company received $400,000 in a convertible note agreement (“2021 Convertible Note”) with Apimeds Korea, one of its shareholders. The 2021 Convertible Note bears interest at 5% per annum and matures on the earlier of (a) the sale of the Company or (b) August 30, 2026. The 2021 Convertible Note is convertible at any time up through the maturity date. The number of shares of common stock shall be determined by dividing (x) the outstanding principal balance hereof plus accrued but unpaid interest by the first closing price on the first day of trading following a Qualified Direct Listing.
F-32
Apimeds Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
4. DEBT (cont.)
On December 5, 2023, the Company amended their convertible note to be convertible at $1 per share and extended the maturity date to be the earlier of (i) December 31, 2026 or (ii) consummation of a qualified offering. The repurchase and cancellation of the old note was accounted for as a debt extinguishment that did not result in any gain/loss on extinguishment due to related party treatment. The conversion option was valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model, with the following inputs: volatility of 92.22%, the fair value of the stock of $1.96, expected dividend yield of 0%, and a risk-free rate of return of 4.33%. The resulting value of the convertible option of $240,079, based on the allocation of relative fair value to cash proceeds, was applied towards additional paid-in capital and added as a discount on the convertible note. The note will be accreted over the remaining period through maturity at the calculated effective interest rate of approximately 40.6%.
As December 31, 2024 and 2023, there was accrued interest in connection with the 2021 Convertible Note of $66,137 and $46,740, respectively, and is included within accrued interest — related party on the accompanying unaudited condensed balance sheets. Interest expense was $19,397 and 20,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Accretion on the 2021 Convertible Note discount was $48,385 for year ended December 31, 2024 respectively, which is included within interest expense on the unaudited condensed statement of operations. There was accretion on the 2021 Convertible Note debt discount of $48,385 and $3,072 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the outstanding balance on the 2021 Convertible Note, net of the unamortized debt discounts of $188,622 and $237,007, was $211,378 and $162,993, respectively.
2024 Promissory Notes — Related Parties
On May 20, 2024, the Company received $100,000 in a promissory note agreement with Inscobee Inc., one of its shareholders. On Aug 19, 2024, the Company received an additional $150,000 from Inscobee, as part of another promissory note agreement (together as “2024 Promissory Notes”). The 2024 Promissory Notes bear interest at 5% per annum and mature on the earlier of (a) the closing of an equity financing by the Company with gross proceeds of at least $3,000,000; or (b) May 19, 2025.
As of December 31, 2024, there was accrued interest in connection with the 2024 Promissory Notes of $5,760. Interest expense was $5,760 for the year ended December 31, 2024, and is included within accrued interest — related party on the accompanying unaudited condensed balance sheet.
2024 Short Term Borrowing
On July 19, 2024, the Company entered into a non-interest-bearing loan